gtk/po-properties/he.po

# Copyright (C) 2000,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Tzafrir Cohen <tzafrir@technion.ac.il>, 2000.
# Gil 'Dolfin' Osher <dolfin@rpg.org.il>, 2002
# Yaron Shahrabani <sh.yaron@gmail.com>, 2011.
# Yosef Or Boczko <yoseforb@gmail.com>, 2013-2021.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+.HEAD.he\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk/-/issues/\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-01-23 10:59+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-03-29 00:29+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yosef Or Boczko <yoseforb@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew <yoseforb@gmail.com>\n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : (n>2||n==0) ? 1 : 2\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 3.38.0\n"
"X-Project-Style: gnome\n"

#: gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c:133 gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:155 gdk/gdkseat.c:201
#: gdk/gdkseat.c:202 gdk/gdksurface.c:522 gdk/gdksurface.c:523
#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:234 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:993
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:994 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:191 gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:144
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:815
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Display"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:183 gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Fallback"
msgstr "Fallback"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:184
msgid "Cursor image to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed"
msgstr "Cursor image to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:191
msgid "Hotspot X"
msgstr "Hotspot X"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:192
msgid "Horizontal offset of the cursor hotspot"
msgstr "Horizontal offset of the cursor hotspot"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:199
msgid "Hotspot Y"
msgstr "Hotspot Y"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:200
msgid "Vertical offset of the cursor hotspot"
msgstr "Vertical offset of the cursor hotspot"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:207 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:612 gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:236
#: gtk/gtkfilefilter.c:233 gtk/gtkprinter.c:119 gtk/gtkstack.c:411
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:135
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:208
#| msgid "Display of this cursor"
msgid "Name of this cursor"
msgstr "Name of this cursor"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:215 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:225
#| msgid "Text"
msgid "Texture"
msgstr "Texture"

#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:216
#| msgid "Display of this cursor"
msgid "The texture displayed by this cursor"
msgstr "The texture displayed by this cursor"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:124
msgid "Device Display"
msgstr "Device Display"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:125
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
msgstr "Display which the device belongs to"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:136 gdk/gdkdevice.c:137
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Device name"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:149
msgid "Input source"
msgstr "Input source"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:150
msgid "Source type for the device"
msgstr "Source type for the device"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:163
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
msgstr "Whether the device has a cursor"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:164
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
msgstr "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:176 gdk/gdkdevice.c:177
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
msgstr "Number of axes in the device"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:189 gdk/gdkdevice.c:190
msgid "Vendor ID"
msgstr "Vendor ID"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:202 gdk/gdkdevice.c:203
msgid "Product ID"
msgstr "Product ID"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:215 gdk/gdkdevice.c:216
msgid "Seat"
msgstr "Seat"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:230 gdk/gdkdevice.c:231
msgid "Number of concurrent touches"
msgstr "Number of concurrent touches"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:239
msgid "Tool"
msgstr "Tool"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:240
msgid "The tool that is currently used with this device"
msgstr "The tool that is currently used with this device"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:246 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:390 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:687
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Direction"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:247
#| msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgid "The direction of the current layout of the keyboard"
msgstr "The direction of the current layout of the keyboard"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:253
msgid "Has bidi layouts"
msgstr "Has bidi layouts"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:254
#| msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgid "Whether the keyboard has bidi layouts"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard has bidi layouts"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:260
#| msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgid "Caps lock state"
msgstr "Caps lock state"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:261
#| msgid "Whether the cell background color is set"
msgid "Whether the keyboard caps lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard caps lock is on"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:267
msgid "Num lock state"
msgstr "Num lock state"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:268
#| msgid "Whether the view is loading locations"
msgid "Whether the keyboard num lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard num lock is on"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:274
#| msgid "Scroll offset"
msgid "Scroll lock state"
msgstr "Scroll lock state"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:275
#| msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgid "Whether the keyboard scroll lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard scroll lock is on"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:281
#| msgid "Radio state"
msgid "Modifier state"
msgstr "Modifier state"

#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:282
#| msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgid "The modifier state of the keyboard"
msgstr "The modifier state of the keyboard"

#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:165 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:166
#| msgid "Composite child"
msgid "Composited"
msgstr "Composited"

#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:178 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:179
#| msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgid "RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA"

#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:191 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:192
#| msgid "Input source"
msgid "Input shapes"
msgstr "Input shapes"

#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:161
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "Default Display"

#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:162
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "The default display for GDK"

#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:156
#| msgid "The GDK display used to create the GL context"
msgid "The GDK display used to create the context"
msgstr "The GDK display used to create the context"

#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:168
msgid "Surface"
msgstr "Surface"

#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:169
#| msgid "The GDK window bound to the GL context"
msgid "The GDK surface bound to the context"
msgstr "The GDK surface bound to the context"

#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:426
msgid "Shared context"
msgstr "Shared context"

#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:427
msgid "The GL context this context shares data with"
msgstr "The GL context this context shares data with"

#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:85 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:175
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Parent"

#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:86
#| msgid "The parent style context"
msgid "The parent surface"
msgstr "The parent surface"

#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:91 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1678
#| msgid "Auto render"
msgid "Autohide"
msgstr "Autohide"

#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:92
#| msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgid "Whether to hide on outside clicks"
msgstr "Whether to hide on outside clicks"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:509 gdk/gdksurface.c:510 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1339
msgid "Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:529 gdk/gdksurface.c:530
#| msgid "FrameClock"
msgid "Frame Clock"
msgstr "Frame Clock"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:536 gdk/gdksurface.c:537
msgid "Mapped"
msgstr "Mapped"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:543 gdk/gdksurface.c:544 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:300
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Width"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:550 gdk/gdksurface.c:551 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:333
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Height"

#: gdk/gdksurface.c:557 gdk/gdksurface.c:558 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1585
msgid "Scale factor"
msgstr "Scale factor"

#: gdk/gdktoplevel.c:124 gdk/gdktoplevel.c:125 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:617
#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:541
msgid "State"
msgstr "State"

#: gdk/macos/gdkmacosdrag.c:599 gdk/macos/gdkmacosdrag.c:600
#| msgid "Surface"
msgid "Drag Surface"
msgstr "Drag Surface"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:235
#| msgid "Display of this cursor"
msgid "The display that will use this cursor"
msgstr "The display that will use this cursor"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:241
#| msgid "Wide Handle"
msgid "Handle"
msgstr "Handle"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:242
#| msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgid "The HCURSOR handle for this cursor"
msgstr "The HCURSOR handle for this cursor"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:247
#| msgid "Deletable"
msgid "Destroyable"
msgstr "Destroyable"

#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:248
msgid "Whether calling DestroyCursor() is allowed on this cursor"
msgstr "Whether calling DestroyCursor() is allowed on this cursor"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:157
msgid "Opcode"
msgstr "Opcode"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:158
msgid "Opcode for XInput2 requests"
msgstr "Opcode for XInput2 requests"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:165
msgid "Major"
msgstr "Major"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:166
msgid "Major version number"
msgstr "Major version number"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:173
msgid "Minor"
msgstr "Minor"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:174
msgid "Minor version number"
msgstr "Minor version number"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:118
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Device ID"

#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:119
msgid "Device identifier"
msgstr "Device identifier"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:375
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Program name"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:376
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Program version"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:388
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "The version of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:399
msgid "Copyright string"
msgstr "Copyright string"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:400
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
msgstr "Copyright information for the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:413
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Comments string"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:414
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comments about the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:436
msgid "License"
msgstr "License"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:437
msgid "The license of the program"
msgstr "The license of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:455
msgid "System Information"
msgstr "System Information"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:456
msgid "Information about the system on which the program is running"
msgstr "Information about the system on which the program is running"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:481
msgid "License Type"
msgstr "License Type"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:482
msgid "The license type of the program"
msgstr "The license type of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:495
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "Website URL"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:496
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "The URL for the link to the website of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:507
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Website label"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:508
msgid "The label for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "The label for the link to the website of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:521
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Authors"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:522
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "List of authors of the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:535
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documenters"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:536
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "List of people documenting the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:549
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artists"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:550
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:563
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Translator credits"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:564
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:576
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logo"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:577
#| msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgid "A logo for the about box."
msgstr "A logo for the about box."

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:589
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Logo Icon Name"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:590
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:601
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Wrap license"

#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:602
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Whether to wrap the license text."

#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:69
msgid "Action name"
msgstr "Action name"

#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:70
#| msgid "The name of the associated action, like 'app.quit'"
msgid "The name of the associated action, like “app.quit”"
msgstr "The name of the associated action, like “app.quit”"

#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:74
msgid "Action target value"
msgstr "Action target value"

#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:75
msgid "The parameter for action invocations"
msgstr "The parameter for action invocations"

#: gtk/gtkactionbar.c:154 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:377
msgid "Reveal"
msgstr "Reveal"

#: gtk/gtkactionbar.c:155
msgid "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not"
msgstr "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:139 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:621
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:686 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:204 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:421
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Value"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:140
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The value of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:152
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Minimum Value"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:153
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The minimum value of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:168
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Maximum Value"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:169
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The maximum value of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:181
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Step Increment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:182
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "The step increment of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:194
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Page Increment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:195
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "The page increment of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:210
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Page Size"

#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:211
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:678
#| msgid "Include an 'Other…' item"
msgid "Include an “Other…” item"
msgstr "Include an “Other…” item"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:679
msgid ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
msgstr ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:692
msgid "Show default item"
msgstr "Show default item"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:693
msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"
msgstr "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:705 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:614
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "Heading"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:706 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:615
msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog"
msgstr "The text to show at the top of the dialog"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:712 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:215
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:520 gtk/gtknativedialog.c:225 gtk/gtkwindow.c:736
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:713
#| msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgid "Whether the dialog should be modal"
msgstr "Whether the dialog should be modal"

#: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:73
msgid "Content type"
msgstr "Content type"

#: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:74
msgid "The content type used by the open with object"
msgstr "The content type used by the open with object"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:600
msgid "GFile"
msgstr "GFile"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:601
msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"
msgstr "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:909
msgid "Show default app"
msgstr "Show default app"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:910
msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show the default application"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:924
msgid "Show recommended apps"
msgstr "Show recommended apps"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:925
msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:939
msgid "Show fallback apps"
msgstr "Show fallback apps"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:940
msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:952
msgid "Show other apps"
msgstr "Show other apps"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:953
msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show other applications"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:966
msgid "Show all apps"
msgstr "Show all apps"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:967
msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show all applications"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:981
#| msgid "Widget's default text"
msgid "Widget’s default text"
msgstr "Widget’s default text"

#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:982
msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications"
msgstr "The default text appearing when there are no applications"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:602
msgid "Register session"
msgstr "Register session"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:603
msgid "Register with the session manager"
msgstr "Register with the session manager"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:618
msgid "Screensaver Active"
msgstr "Screensaver Active"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:619
msgid "Whether the screensaver is active"
msgstr "Whether the screensaver is active"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:625
msgid "Menubar"
msgstr "Menubar"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:626
msgid "The GMenuModel for the menubar"
msgstr "The GMenuModel for the menubar"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:632
msgid "Active window"
msgstr "Active window"

#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:633
msgid "The window which most recently had focus"
msgstr "The window which most recently had focus"

#: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:684
msgid "Show a menubar"
msgstr "Show a menubar"

#: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:685
msgid "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"
msgstr "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:149 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1410
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Horizontal Alignment"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:150
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "X alignment of the child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:162 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1423
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Vertical Alignment"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:163
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Y alignment of the child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:177
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Ratio"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:178
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:190
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obey child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:191
#| msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame’s child"
msgstr "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame’s child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:202 gtk/gtkbutton.c:243 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:786
#: gtk/gtkdragicon.c:375 gtk/gtkexpander.c:367 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:525
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:187 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3498 gtk/gtklistitem.c:185
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:576 gtk/gtkoverlay.c:318 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1706
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:347 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:762 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:327
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:404 gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:508 gtk/gtkviewport.c:381
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:934 gtk/gtkwindowhandle.c:548
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Child"

#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:203 gtk/gtkbutton.c:244 gtk/gtkexpander.c:368
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:526 gtk/gtkframe.c:188 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3499
#: gtk/gtkoverlay.c:319 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1707 gtk/gtkrevealer.c:348
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:763 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:328 gtk/gtkviewport.c:382
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:935 gtk/gtkwindowhandle.c:549
#| msgid "The child model"
msgid "The child widget"
msgstr "The child widget"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:251
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Page type"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:252
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "The type of the assistant page"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:265
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Page title"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:266
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "The title of the assistant page"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:280
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Page complete"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:281
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:287
#| msgid "Label widget"
msgid "Child widget"
msgstr "Child widget"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:288
#| msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgid "The content the assistant page"
msgstr "The content the assistant page"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:595 gtk/gtkdialog.c:545
msgid "Use Header Bar"
msgstr "Use Header Bar"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:596 gtk/gtkdialog.c:546
msgid "Use Header Bar for actions."
msgstr "Use Header Bar for actions."

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:603 gtk/gtknotebook.c:1113 gtk/gtkstack.c:818
#| msgid "Page"
msgid "Pages"
msgstr "Pages"

#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:604
#| msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgid "The pages of the assistant."
msgstr "The pages of the assistant."

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:213 gtk/gtkimage.c:179 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:279
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filename"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:214
msgid "Bookmark file to load"
msgstr "Bookmark file to load"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:224 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:267 gtk/gtkentry.c:923
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2197 gtk/gtktext.c:892
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attributes"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:225 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:262
#| msgid "Attributes"
msgid "Attributes to query"
msgstr "Attributes to query"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:236 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:297
msgid "IO priority"
msgstr "IO priority"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:237 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:298
msgid "Priority used when loading"
msgstr "Priority used when loading"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:248 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:309
#| msgid "Loading"
msgid "loading"
msgstr "loading"

#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:249 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:310
#| msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgid "TRUE if files are being loaded"
msgstr "TRUE if files are being loaded"

#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:165 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:513 gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:550
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:252 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:296
#| msgid "Permission"
msgid "Expression"
msgstr "Expression"

#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:166
msgid "Expression to evaluate"
msgstr "Expression to evaluate"

#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:176
#| msgid "Inverted"
msgid "Invert"
msgstr "Invert"

#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:177
#| msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgid "If the expression result should be inverted"
msgstr "If the expression result should be inverted"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:261 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:722 gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:317
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:464 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:308
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Spacing"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:262
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "The amount of space between children"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:268 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:708 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3631
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:269 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3632
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Whether the children should all be the same size"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:275 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:740 gtk/gtkcenterbox.c:208
msgid "Baseline position"
msgstr "Baseline position"

#: gtk/gtkbox.c:276 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:741 gtk/gtkcenterbox.c:209
msgid ""
"The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available"
msgstr ""
"The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available"

#: gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:709
msgid "Distribute space homogeneously"
msgstr "Distribute space homogeneously"

#: gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:723
#| msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgid "Spacing between widgets"
msgstr "Spacing between widgets"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:305
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Translation Domain"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:306
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "The translation domain used by gettext"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:317
#| msgid "Current Page"
msgid "Current object"
msgstr "Current object"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:318
msgid "The object the builder is evaluating for"
msgstr "The object the builder is evaluating for"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:329 gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:293
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:577
msgid "Scope"
msgstr "Scope"

#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:330
#| msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgid "The scope the builder is operating in"
msgstr "The scope the builder is operating in"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:269
msgid "Bytes"
msgstr "Bytes"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:270
#| msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgid "bytes containing the UI definition"
msgstr "bytes containing the UI definition"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:281 gtk/gtkimage.c:241
msgid "Resource"
msgstr "Resource"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:282
#| msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgid "resource containing the UI definition"
msgstr "resource containing the UI definition"

#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:294
msgid "scope to use when instantiating listitems"
msgstr "scope to use when instantiating listitems"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:215 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:471 gtk/gtkexpander.c:321
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:165 gtk/gtklabel.c:2190 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:417
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Label"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:216 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:472
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:222 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:485 gtk/gtkexpander.c:329
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2211 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:424 gtk/gtkstack.c:454
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Use underline"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:223 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:486 gtk/gtkexpander.c:330
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2212 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:425
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:229 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:673 gtk/gtkentry.c:502
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:644
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Has Frame"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:230 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:432
#| msgid "Whether the menu is a parent"
msgid "Whether the button has a frame"
msgstr "Whether the button has a frame"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:236 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:253 gtk/gtkimage.c:215
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:410 gtk/gtkprinter.c:168 gtk/gtkwindow.c:808
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Icon Name"

#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:237 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:411
#| msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgid "The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button"
msgstr "The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:373
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Year"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:374
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "The selected year"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:387
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Month"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:388
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:402
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Day"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:403
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:415
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Show Heading"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:416
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:428
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Show Day Names"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:429
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, day names are displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:440
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Show Week Numbers"

#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:441
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:318 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:309
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:335 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:324
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:355
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expand"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:336
msgid "Whether the cell expands"
msgstr "Whether the cell expands"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:349
msgid "Align"
msgstr "Align"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:350
msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"
msgstr "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:364
msgid "Fixed Size"
msgstr "Fixed Size"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:365
msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"
msgstr "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:379
msgid "Pack Type"
msgstr "Pack Type"

#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:380
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"
msgstr ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:778
msgid "Focus Cell"
msgstr "Focus Cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:779
msgid "The cell which currently has focus"
msgstr "The cell which currently has focus"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:794
msgid "Edited Cell"
msgstr "Edited Cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:795
msgid "The cell which is currently being edited"
msgstr "The cell which is currently being edited"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:810
msgid "Edit Widget"
msgstr "Edit Widget"

#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:811
msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell"
msgstr "The widget currently editing the edited cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:113
msgid "Area"
msgstr "Area"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:114
msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for"
msgstr "The Cell Area this context was created for"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:128 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:143
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:332
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Minimum Width"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:129 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:144
msgid "Minimum cached width"
msgstr "Minimum cached width"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:158 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:173
msgid "Minimum Height"
msgstr "Minimum Height"

#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:159 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:174
msgid "Minimum cached height"
msgstr "Minimum cached height"

#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:49
msgid "Editing Canceled"
msgstr "Editing Canceled"

#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:50
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
msgstr "Indicates that editing has been canceled"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:175
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Accelerator key"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:176
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "The keyval of the accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:190
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Accelerator modifiers"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:191
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "The modifier mask of the accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:206
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Accelerator keycode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:207
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:224
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Accelerator Mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:225
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "The type of accelerators"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:282
msgid "mode"
msgstr "mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:283
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visible"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:292
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Display the cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:298 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1257
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:299
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Display the cell sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:306
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:307
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "The x-align"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:316
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:317
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "The y-align"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:326
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:327
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "The xpad"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:336
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:337
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "The ypad"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:346
msgid "width"
msgstr "width"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:347
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "The fixed width"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:356
msgid "height"
msgstr "height"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:357
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "The fixed height"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:366
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "Is Expander"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:367
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "Row has children"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:375
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Is Expanded"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:376
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:383
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Cell background color name"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:384
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cell background color as a string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:396
msgid "Cell background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cell background RGBA color"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:397
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:404 gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c:372
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editing"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:405
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:413
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Cell background set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:414
msgid "Whether the cell background color is set"
msgstr "Whether the cell background color is set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:134 gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:695 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:459
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:589 gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.c:413
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1099 gtk/gtklistview.c:831 gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:375
#: gtk/gtkmultiselection.c:356 gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.c:227
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:565 gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:264
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:796 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:706
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Model"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:135
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:155
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Text Column"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:156
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:171 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:717
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Has Entry"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:172
#| msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgid "If FALSE, don’t allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "If FALSE, don’t allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:198
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Pixbuf Object"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:199
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "The pixbuf to render"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Open"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:207
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for open expander"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:214
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Closed"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:215
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for closed expander"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:226
#| msgid "The surface to render"
msgid "The texture to render"
msgstr "The texture to render"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:238
msgid "Icon Size"
msgstr "Icon Size"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:239
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:254 gtk/gtkimage.c:216
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "The name of the icon from the icon theme"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:268 gtk/gtkimage.c:229 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1186
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:592
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icon"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:269 gtk/gtkimage.c:230
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "The GIcon being displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:622
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Value of the progress bar"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:637 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:378 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:351 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:386
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1198 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:208 gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:468
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Text"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:638
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Text on the progress bar"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:659 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:199
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulse"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:660
#| msgid ""
#| "Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but "
#| "you don't know how much."
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don’t know how much."
msgstr ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don’t know how much."

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:674
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Text x alignment"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:675
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:689
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Text y alignment"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:690
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:701 gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1004
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:185 gtk/gtkrange.c:371
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Inverted"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:702 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:186
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
msgstr "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:132 gtk/gtkrange.c:364 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:214
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:213 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:371
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:133 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:372
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:146
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Climb rate"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:147
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:158 gtk/gtkscale.c:677 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:385
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Digits"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:159 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:386
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "The number of decimal places to display"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:182 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:459
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1225 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1226 gtk/gtkswitch.c:528
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:259
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Active"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:183
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
msgstr "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:200
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
msgstr "Pulse of the spinner"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:212 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:292
#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:288
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Size"

#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:213
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Text to render"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:260
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Markup"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Marked up text to render"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:268
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:274
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Single Paragraph Mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:275
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:281 gtk/gtktexttag.c:215
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Background color name"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:282 gtk/gtktexttag.c:216
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Background color as a string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:293
msgid "Background color as RGBA"
msgstr "Background color as RGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294 gtk/gtktexttag.c:229
msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Background color as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:299 gtk/gtktexttag.c:244
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Foreground color name"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:300 gtk/gtktexttag.c:245
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Foreground color as a string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:311
msgid "Foreground color as RGBA"
msgstr "Foreground color as RGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtktexttag.c:258
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:319 gtk/gtkeditable.c:408 gtk/gtktexttag.c:274
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:860
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editable"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:320 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275 gtk/gtktextview.c:861
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Whether the text can be modified by the user"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:326 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:333
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:63 gtk/gtktexttag.c:290 gtk/gtktexttag.c:298
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Font"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:327 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:64 gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
#| msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. “Sans Italic 12”"
msgstr "Font description as a string, e.g. “Sans Italic 12”"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:334 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:77 gtk/gtktexttag.c:299
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 gtk/gtktexttag.c:306
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Font family"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 gtk/gtktexttag.c:307
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:347 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:348
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:314
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Font style"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:355 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:356
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:323
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Font variant"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:363 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:364
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:332
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Font weight"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:372
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:343
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Font stretch"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:352
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Font size"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:387 gtk/gtktexttag.c:372
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Font points"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:388 gtk/gtktexttag.c:373
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Font size in points"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:395 gtk/gtktexttag.c:362
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Font scale"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:396
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Font scaling factor"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:403 gtk/gtktexttag.c:441
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Rise"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:404
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412 gtk/gtktexttag.c:481
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Strikethrough"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:413 gtk/gtktexttag.c:482
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Whether to strike through the text"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:419 gtk/gtktexttag.c:489
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Underline"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:420 gtk/gtktexttag.c:490
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Style of underline for this text"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:427 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:147 gtk/gtktexttag.c:401
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Language"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:428
#| msgid ""
#| "The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a "
#| "hint when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
#| "probably don't need it"
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don’t understand this parameter, you "
"probably don’t need it"
msgstr ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don’t understand this parameter, you "
"probably don’t need it"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:444 gtk/gtklabel.c:2317 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr "Ellipsize"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:445
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:461 gtk/gtklabel.c:2335
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Width In Characters"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 gtk/gtklabel.c:2336
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "The desired width of the label, in characters"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:481 gtk/gtklabel.c:2369
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Maximum Width In Characters"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:482
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
msgstr "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:496 gtk/gtktexttag.c:547
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Wrap mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:497
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Wrap width"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:514
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "The width at which the text is wrapped"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:530 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:376
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Alignment"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "How to draw the toolbar"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 gtk/gtkentry.c:613 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:436
#: gtk/gtksearchentry.c:289 gtk/gtktext.c:824
msgid "Placeholder text"
msgstr "Placeholder text"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:545
msgid "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty"
msgstr "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:554 gtk/gtktexttag.c:694
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Background set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 gtk/gtktexttag.c:695
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background color"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558 gtk/gtktexttag.c:702
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Foreground set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 gtk/gtktexttag.c:703
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:562 gtk/gtktexttag.c:706
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Editability set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563 gtk/gtktexttag.c:707
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text editability"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:566 gtk/gtktexttag.c:710
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Font family set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:567 gtk/gtktexttag.c:711
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font family"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:570 gtk/gtktexttag.c:714
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Font style set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:571 gtk/gtktexttag.c:715
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font style"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:574 gtk/gtktexttag.c:718
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Font variant set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:575 gtk/gtktexttag.c:719
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font variant"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:578 gtk/gtktexttag.c:722
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Font weight set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:579 gtk/gtktexttag.c:723
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font weight"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:582 gtk/gtktexttag.c:726
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Font stretch set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:583 gtk/gtktexttag.c:727
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:586 gtk/gtktexttag.c:730
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Font size set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:587 gtk/gtktexttag.c:731
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font size"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:590 gtk/gtktexttag.c:734
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Font scale set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:591 gtk/gtktexttag.c:735
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:594 gtk/gtktexttag.c:754
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Rise set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:595 gtk/gtktexttag.c:755
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the rise"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:598 gtk/gtktexttag.c:770
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Strikethrough set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:599 gtk/gtktexttag.c:771
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:602 gtk/gtktexttag.c:778
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Underline set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:603 gtk/gtktexttag.c:779
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:606 gtk/gtktexttag.c:742
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Language set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:607 gtk/gtktexttag.c:743
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:610
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Ellipsize set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:611
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:614
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Align set"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:615
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:196
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Toggle state"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:197
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "The toggle state of the button"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:204
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Inconsistent state"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:205
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "The inconsistent state of the button"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:212 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3479 gtk/gtklistitem.c:173
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activatable"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:213
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "The toggle button can be activated"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:220
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Radio state"

#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:221
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:199
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "CellView model"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:200
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "The model for cell view"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:218 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:399 gtk/gtkiconview.c:575
#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:213 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:427
msgid "Cell Area"
msgstr "Cell Area"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:219 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:400 gtk/gtkiconview.c:576
#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:214 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:428
msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"
msgstr "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:242
msgid "Cell Area Context"
msgstr "Cell Area Context"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:243
msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"
msgstr "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:260
msgid "Draw Sensitive"
msgstr "Draw Sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:261
msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"
msgstr "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:279
msgid "Fit Model"
msgstr "Fit Model"

#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:280
msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"
msgstr "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:460 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:260
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
msgstr "If the toggle button should be pressed in"

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:465 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:266
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Group"

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:466
#| msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgid "The check button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "The check button whose group this widget belongs to."

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:478
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistent"

#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:479
#| msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgid "If the check button is in an “in between” state"
msgstr "If the check button is in an “in between” state"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:170 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:264
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:484 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:144 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:279
#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:320 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:617
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:418 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:348
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Title"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:171
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "The title of the color selection dialog"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:208
msgid "Show Editor"
msgstr "Show Editor"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:209
msgid "Whether to show the color editor right away"
msgstr "Whether to show the color editor right away"

#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:216 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:521
#| msgid "Whether the popover is modal"
msgid "Whether the dialog is modal"
msgstr "Whether the dialog is modal"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:65
msgid "Color"
msgstr "Color"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:66
msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Current color, as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:83
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Use alpha"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:84
msgid "Whether alpha should be shown"
msgstr "Whether alpha should be shown"

#: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:219 gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:720
msgid "Show editor"
msgstr "Show editor"

#: gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:286
msgid "Scale type"
msgstr "Scale type"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:505
msgid "RGBA Color"
msgstr "RGBA Color"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:505
msgid "Color as RGBA"
msgstr "Color as RGBA"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:508 gtk/gtklabel.c:2280 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3491
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:221
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Selectable"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:508
msgid "Whether the swatch is selectable"
msgstr "Whether the swatch is selectable"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:511
msgid "Has Menu"
msgstr "Has Menu"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:511
msgid "Whether the swatch should offer customization"
msgstr "Whether the swatch should offer customization"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:514
msgid "Can Drop"
msgstr "Can Drop"

#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:514
#| msgid "Whether the swatch should offer customization"
msgid "Whether the swatch should accept drops"
msgstr "Whether the swatch should accept drops"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:683
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columns"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:684
#| msgid "List of classes"
msgid "List of columns"
msgstr "List of columns"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:696 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1100 gtk/gtklistview.c:832
#| msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgid "Model for the items displayed"
msgstr "Model for the items displayed"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:707
#| msgid "Show decorations"
msgid "Show row separators"
msgstr "Show row separators"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:708 gtk/gtklistbox.c:516 gtk/gtklistview.c:844
msgid "Show separators between rows"
msgstr "Show separators between rows"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:719
#| msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgid "Show column separators"
msgstr "Show column separators"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:720
#| msgid "Row separator column"
msgid "Show separators between columns"
msgstr "Show separators between columns"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:731 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:276
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:820 gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.c:547
#| msgid "Sort order"
msgid "Sorter"
msgstr "Sorter"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:732
msgid "Sorter with sorting choices of the user"
msgstr "Sorter with sorting choices of the user"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:743 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1111 gtk/gtklistview.c:855
msgid "Single click activate"
msgstr "Single click activate"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:744 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1112 gtk/gtklistview.c:856
#| msgid "Activate row on a single click"
msgid "Activate rows on single click"
msgstr "Activate rows on single click"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:755 gtk/gtkiconview.c:535 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1023
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:383
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reorderable"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:756
#| msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgid "Whether columns are reorderable"
msgstr "Whether columns are reorderable"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:767 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1123 gtk/gtklistview.c:867
#| msgid "Inline selection"
msgid "Enable rubberband selection"
msgstr "Enable rubberband selection"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:768 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1124 gtk/gtklistview.c:868
#| msgid ""
#| "Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse "
#| "pointer"
msgid "Allow selecting items by dragging with the mouse"
msgstr "Allow selecting items by dragging with the mouse"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:240
#| msgid "Columns"
msgid "Column view"
msgstr "Column view"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:241
msgid "Column view this column is a part of"
msgstr "Column view this column is a part of"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:252 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:433 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1059
#: gtk/gtklistview.c:819
msgid "Factory"
msgstr "Factory"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:253 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:434 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:448
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1060 gtk/gtklistview.c:820
msgid "Factory for populating list items"
msgstr "Factory for populating list items"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:265
#| msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgid "Title displayed in the header"
msgstr "Title displayed in the header"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:277
msgid "Sorter for sorting items according to this column"
msgstr "Sorter for sorting items according to this column"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:288 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:623 gtk/gtknativedialog.c:237
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:447 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:278 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1250
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visible"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:289
#| msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgid "Whether this column is visible"
msgstr "Whether this column is visible"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:300
#| msgid "Header image"
msgid "Header menu"
msgstr "Header menu"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:301
#| msgid "The title of this tray icon"
msgid "Menu to use on the title of this column"
msgstr "Menu to use on the title of this column"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:312 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:285
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:729
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Resizable"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:313
#| msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgid "Whether this column is resizable"
msgstr "Whether this column is resizable"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:325
#| msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgid "column gets share of extra width"
msgstr "column gets share of extra width"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:337
#| msgid "Fixed Width"
msgid "Fixed width"
msgstr "Fixed width"

#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:338
#| msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgid "Fixed width of this column"
msgstr "Fixed width of this column"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:639
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "ComboBox model"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:640
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "The model for the combo box"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:657
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Active item"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:658
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "The item which is currently active"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:674
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:688
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Popup shown"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:689
#| msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgid "Whether the combo’s dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Whether the combo’s dropdown is shown"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:703
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Button Sensitivity"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:704
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:718
msgid "Whether combo box has an entry"
msgstr "Whether combo box has an entry"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:731
msgid "Entry Text Column"
msgstr "Entry Text Column"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:732
#| msgid ""
#| "The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the "
#| "entry if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box’s model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgstr ""
"The column in the combo box’s model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:747
msgid "ID Column"
msgstr "ID Column"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:748
#| msgid ""
#| "The column in the combo box's model that provides string IDs for the "
#| "values in the model"
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box’s model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"
msgstr ""
"The column in the combo box’s model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:761
msgid "Active id"
msgstr "Active id"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:762
msgid "The value of the id column for the active row"
msgstr "The value of the id column for the active row"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:776
msgid "Popup Fixed Width"
msgstr "Popup Fixed Width"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:777
#| msgid ""
#| "Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
#| "width of the combo box"
msgid ""
"Whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
msgstr ""
"Whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"

#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:787
#| msgid "The child model"
msgid "The child_widget"
msgstr "The child_widget"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:191
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Target"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:192
#| msgid "The name of the action"
msgid "The target of the constraint"
msgstr "The target of the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:204
#| msgid "Attributes"
msgid "Target Attribute"
msgstr "Target Attribute"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:205
msgid "The attribute of the target set by the constraint"
msgstr "The attribute of the target set by the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:218
#| msgid "Ratio"
msgid "Relation"
msgstr "Relation"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:219
msgid "The relation between the source and target attributes"
msgstr "The relation between the source and target attributes"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:235
#| msgid "Resource"
msgid "Source"
msgstr "Source"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:236
#| msgid "The size of the icon"
msgid "The source of the constraint"
msgstr "The source of the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:248
#| msgid "Attributes"
msgid "Source Attribute"
msgstr "Source Attribute"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:249
#| msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgid "The attribute of the source widget set by the constraint"
msgstr "The attribute of the source widget set by the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:263
#| msgid "Select Multiple"
msgid "Multiplier"
msgstr "Multiplier"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:264
msgid "The multiplication factor to be applied to the source attribute"
msgstr "The multiplication factor to be applied to the source attribute"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:276
#| msgid "Constraint"
msgid "Constant"
msgstr "Constant"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:277
#| msgid "The content type used by the open with object"
msgid "The constant to be added to the source attribute"
msgstr "The constant to be added to the source attribute"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:293
#| msgid "Slider Length"
msgid "Strength"
msgstr "Strength"

#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:294
#| msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgid "The strength of the constraint"
msgstr "The strength of the constraint"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:602
msgid "Style Classes"
msgstr "Style Classes"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:602
msgid "List of classes"
msgstr "List of classes"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:607 gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:181
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:607
msgid "Unique ID"
msgstr "Unique ID"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:617
msgid "State flags"
msgstr "State flags"

#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:623
msgid "If other nodes can see this node"
msgstr "If other nodes can see this node"

#: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:138
msgid "Subproperties"
msgstr "Subproperties"

#: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:139
msgid "The list of subproperties"
msgstr "The list of subproperties"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:166
msgid "Animated"
msgstr "Animated"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:167
msgid "Set if the value can be animated"
msgstr "Set if the value can be animated"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:173
msgid "Affects"
msgstr "Affects"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:174
msgid "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements"
msgstr "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:182
msgid "The numeric id for quick access"
msgstr "The numeric id for quick access"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:188
msgid "Inherit"
msgstr "Inherit"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:189
msgid "Set if the value is inherited by default"
msgstr "Set if the value is inherited by default"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:195
msgid "Initial value"
msgstr "Initial value"

#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:196
msgid "The initial specified value used for this property"
msgstr "The initial specified value used for this property"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:261
#| msgid "Attributes"
msgid "attributes"
msgstr "attributes"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:273
msgid "error"
msgstr "error"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:274
msgid "Error encountered while loading files"
msgstr "Error encountered while loading files"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:285 gtk/gtkmediafile.c:161 gtk/gtkpicture.c:342
#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:318
#| msgid "GFile"
msgid "File"
msgstr "File"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:286
#| msgid "The title to display"
msgid "The file to query"
msgstr "The file to query"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:321
#| msgid "Monitor"
msgid "monitored"
msgstr "monitored"

#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:322
#| msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgid "TRUE if the directory is monitored for changes"
msgstr "TRUE if the directory is monitored for changes"

#: gtk/gtkdragicon.c:376
#| msgid "Widget to display in center"
msgid "The widget to display as drag icon."
msgstr "The widget to display as drag icon."

#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:328
#| msgid "Context"
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Content"

#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:329
#| msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgid "The content provider for the dragged data"
msgstr "The content provider for the dragged data"

#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:343 gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c:391 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:617
#| msgid "Action"
msgid "Actions"
msgstr "Actions"

#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:344
#| msgid "Support Selection"
msgid "Supported actions"
msgstr "Supported actions"

#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:290
#| msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgid "Content Width"
msgstr "Content Width"

#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:291
msgid "Desired width for displayed content"
msgstr "Desired width for displayed content"

#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:302
#| msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgid "Content Height"
msgstr "Content Height"

#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:303
#| msgid "Widget to display in center"
msgid "Desired height for displayed content"
msgstr "Desired height for displayed content"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:226 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:223
#| msgid "Paused Printer"
msgid "Contains Pointer"
msgstr "Contains Pointer"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:227 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:224
msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant"
msgstr "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:246 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:629
msgid "Drop"
msgstr "Drop"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:247
#| msgid "The menu of options"
msgid "The ongoing drop operation"
msgstr "The ongoing drop operation"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:264 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:206
#| msgid "Printer"
msgid "Is Pointer"
msgstr "Is Pointer"

#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:265 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:207
#| msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:447
msgid "List Factory"
msgstr "List Factory"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:460
#| msgid "The model for the filtermodel to filter"
msgid "Model for the displayed items"
msgstr "Model for the displayed items"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:472 gtk/gtklistitem.c:233 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:415
#| msgid "Selectable"
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Selected"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:473 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:416
#| msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgid "Position of the selected item"
msgstr "Position of the selected item"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:484 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:427
#| msgid "Selected Printer"
msgid "Selected Item"
msgstr "Selected Item"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:485 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:428
#| msgid "The selected year"
msgid "The selected item"
msgstr "The selected item"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:498
#| msgid "Enable Search"
msgid "Enable search"
msgstr "Enable search"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:499
#| msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgid "Whether to show a search entry in the popup"
msgstr "Whether to show a search entry in the popup"

#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:514
msgid "Expression to determine strings to search for"
msgstr "Expression to determine strings to search for"

#: gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c:401 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:641
msgid "Formats"
msgstr "Formats"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:618
msgid "The actions supported by this drop target"
msgstr "The actions supported by this drop target"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:630
#| msgid "Current Color"
msgid "Current drop"
msgstr "Current drop"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:642
msgid "The supported formats"
msgstr "The supported formats"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:669
msgid "Preload"
msgstr "Preload"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:670
#| msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgid "Whether drop data should be preloaded while hovering"
msgstr "Whether drop data should be preloaded while hovering"

#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:687
#| msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgid "The value for this drop operation"
msgstr "The value for this drop operation"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:379
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "The contents of the entry"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:385
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Cursor Position"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:386
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:393
#| msgid "Enable Popup"
msgid "Enable Undo"
msgstr "Enable Undo"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:394
msgid "If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable"
msgstr "If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:400
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Selection Bound"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:401
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:409
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Whether the entry contents can be edited"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:415
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Width in chars"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:416
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:423
msgid "Maximum width in characters"
msgstr "Maximum width in characters"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:424
msgid "The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters"
msgstr "The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:431 gtk/gtklabel.c:2234
msgid "X align"
msgstr "X align"

#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:432 gtk/gtklabel.c:2235
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."

#: gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c:373
#| msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgid "Whether the widget is in editing mode"
msgstr "Whether the widget is in editing mode"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:352
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
msgstr "The contents of the buffer"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:363 gtk/gtkentry.c:560
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Text length"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:364
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the buffer"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:375 gtk/gtkentry.c:487 gtk/gtktext.c:752
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Maximum length"

#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:376 gtk/gtkentry.c:488
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:480 gtk/gtktext.c:745
msgid "Text Buffer"
msgstr "Text Buffer"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:481
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:495 gtk/gtktext.c:918
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibility"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:496 gtk/gtktext.c:919
#| msgid ""
#| "FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text "
#| "(password mode)"
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the “invisible char” instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE displays the “invisible char” instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:503
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:509 gtk/gtktext.c:760
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Invisible character"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:510
#| msgid ""
#| "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in “password mode”)"
msgstr "The character to use when masking entry contents (in “password mode”)"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:516 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:443 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:296
#: gtk/gtktext.c:767
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "Activates default"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:517 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:444 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:297
#: gtk/gtktext.c:768
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:523 gtk/gtktext.c:774
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Scroll offset"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:524
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:536 gtk/gtktext.c:787
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncate multiline"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:537 gtk/gtktext.c:788
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
msgstr "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:548 gtk/gtktext.c:799 gtk/gtktextview.c:992
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Overwrite mode"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:549 gtk/gtktext.c:800
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Whether new text overwrites existing text"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:561
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:573 gtk/gtktext.c:811
msgid "Invisible character set"
msgstr "Invisible character set"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:574 gtk/gtktext.c:812
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
msgstr "Whether the invisible character has been set"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:585
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Progress Fraction"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:586
#| msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
msgid "The current fraction of the task that’s been completed"
msgstr "The current fraction of the task that’s been completed"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:599
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Progress Pulse Step"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:600
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:614 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:437 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:290
#| msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused"
msgid "Show text in the entry when it’s empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Show text in the entry when it’s empty and unfocused"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:625
#| msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgid "Primary paintable"
msgstr "Primary paintable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:626
#| msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgid "Primary paintable for the entry"
msgstr "Primary paintable for the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:637
#| msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgid "Secondary paintable"
msgstr "Secondary paintable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:638
#| msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgid "Secondary paintable for the entry"
msgstr "Secondary paintable for the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:649
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Primary icon name"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:650
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "Icon name for primary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:661
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Secondary icon name"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:662
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "Icon name for secondary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:673
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "Primary GIcon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:674
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "GIcon for primary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:685
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "Secondary GIcon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:686
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "GIcon for secondary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:697
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Primary storage type"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:698
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "The representation being used for primary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:710
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Secondary storage type"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:711
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "The representation being used for secondary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:729
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Primary icon activatable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:730
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is activatable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:747
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Secondary icon activatable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:748
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:766
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Primary icon sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:767
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:785
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Secondary icon sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:786
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:799
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip text"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:800 gtk/gtkentry.c:829
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:813
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip text"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:814 gtk/gtkentry.c:844
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:828
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip markup"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:843
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip markup"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:860 gtk/gtktext.c:841 gtk/gtktextview.c:1018
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "IM module"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:861 gtk/gtktext.c:842 gtk/gtktextview.c:1019
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "Which IM module should be used"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:872
msgid "Completion"
msgstr "Completion"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:873
msgid "The auxiliary completion object"
msgstr "The auxiliary completion object"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:891 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:337 gtk/gtktext.c:860
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1034
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "Purpose"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:892 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:338 gtk/gtktext.c:861
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1035
msgid "Purpose of the text field"
msgstr "Purpose of the text field"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:905 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:345 gtk/gtktext.c:874
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1050
msgid "hints"
msgstr "hints"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:906 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:346 gtk/gtktext.c:875
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1051
msgid "Hints for the text field behaviour"
msgstr "Hints for the text field behaviour"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:924
#| msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the entry"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:935 gtk/gtktext.c:904 gtk/gtktexttag.c:557
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:968
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Tabs"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:936
msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry"
msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:948
msgid "Emoji icon"
msgstr "Emoji icon"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:949
msgid "Whether to show an icon for Emoji"
msgstr "Whether to show an icon for Emoji"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:961 gtk/gtklabel.c:2399 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:463
#: gtk/gtktext.c:938 gtk/gtktextview.c:1074
#| msgid "Extra widget"
msgid "Extra menu"
msgstr "Extra menu"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:962 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:464
#| msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgid "Model menu to append to the context menu"
msgstr "Model menu to append to the context menu"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:968 gtk/gtktext.c:911
msgid "Enable Emoji completion"
msgstr "Enable Emoji completion"

#: gtk/gtkentry.c:969 gtk/gtktext.c:912
msgid "Whether to suggest Emoji replacements"
msgstr "Whether to suggest Emoji replacements"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:294
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Completion Model"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:295
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "The model to find matches in"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:301
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Minimum Key Length"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:302
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:314 gtk/gtkiconview.c:393
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Text column"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:315
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "The column of the model containing the strings."

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:329
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Inline completion"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:330
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:342
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Popup completion"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:343
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:355
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "Popup set width"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:356
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:370
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Popup single match"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:371
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:383
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Inline selection"

#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:384
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "Your description here"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:198 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:369
#: gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.c:250
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:199
msgid "Widget the gesture relates to"
msgstr "Widget the gesture relates to"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:210
msgid "Propagation phase"
msgstr "Propagation phase"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:211
msgid "Propagation phase at which this controller is run"
msgstr "Propagation phase at which this controller is run"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:223
#| msgid "Propagation phase"
msgid "Propagation limit"
msgstr "Propagation limit"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:224
#| msgid "Propagation phase at which this controller is run"
msgid "Propagation limit for events handled by this controller"
msgstr "Propagation limit for events handled by this controller"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:237
#| msgid "Name of the printer"
msgid "Name for this controller"
msgstr "Name for this controller"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:198
#| msgid "Is focus"
msgid "Is Focus"
msgstr "Is Focus"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:199
#| msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgid "Whether the focus is in the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the focus is in the controllers widget"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:216
#| msgid "Can focus"
msgid "Contains Focus"
msgstr "Contains Focus"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:217
#| msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgid "Whether the focus is in a descendant of the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the focus is in a descendant of the controllers widget"

#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c:373 gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c:374
msgid "Flags"
msgstr "Flags"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:313 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1090
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expanded"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:314
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:322
#| msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgid "Text of the expander’s label"
msgstr "Text of the expander’s label"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:337 gtk/gtklabel.c:2204 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1212
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Use markup"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:338 gtk/gtklabel.c:2205
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:345 gtk/gtkframe.c:180
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Label widget"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:346
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:359
msgid "Resize toplevel"
msgstr "Resize toplevel"

#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:360
msgid ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"
msgstr ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:83 gtk/gtkshortcut.c:161
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Action"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:84
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:90 gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:565
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filter"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:91
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:96
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Select Multiple"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:97
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:112
#| msgid "Filter"
msgid "Filters"
msgstr "Filters"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:113
#| msgid "List of classes"
msgid "List model of filters"
msgstr "List model of filters"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:128
#| msgid "Shortcut Type"
msgid "Shortcut Folders"
msgstr "Shortcut Folders"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:129
msgid "List model of shortcut folders"
msgstr "List model of shortcut folders"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:141
msgid "Allow folder creation"
msgstr "Allow folder creation"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:142
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."

#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:771
msgid "Accept label"
msgstr "Accept label"

#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:772
msgid "The label on the accept button"
msgstr "The label on the accept button"

#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:784
msgid "Cancel label"
msgstr "Cancel label"

#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:785
msgid "The label on the cancel button"
msgstr "The label on the cancel button"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7607 gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7608
msgid "Search mode"
msgstr "Search mode"

#: gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7614 gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7615
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:633
msgid "Subtitle"
msgstr "Subtitle"

#: gtk/gtkfilefilter.c:234
#| msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
msgid "The human-readable name for this filter"
msgstr "The human-readable name for this filter"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:566
#| msgid "The text for the child label"
msgid "The filter set for this model"
msgstr "The filter set for this model"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:577 gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:784
#| msgid "Step Increment"
msgid "Incremental"
msgstr "Incremental"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:578
msgid "Filter items incrementally"
msgstr "Filter items incrementally"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:590 gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.c:228
#| msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgid "The model being filtered"
msgstr "The model being filtered"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:601 gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:808
#| msgid "Padding"
msgid "Pending"
msgstr "Pending"

#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:602
#| msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgid "Number of items not yet filtered"
msgstr "Number of items not yet filtered"

#: gtk/gtkfixedlayout.c:155
msgid "transform"
msgstr "transform"

#: gtk/gtkfixedlayout.c:156
msgid "The transform of a child of a fixed layout"
msgstr "The transform of a child of a fixed layout"

#: gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.c:414
#| msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgid "The model being flattened"
msgstr "The model being flattened"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3597 gtk/gtkiconview.c:360 gtk/gtklistbox.c:493
#: gtk/gtktreeselection.c:139
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Selection mode"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3598 gtk/gtkiconview.c:361 gtk/gtklistbox.c:494
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "The selection mode"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3611 gtk/gtkiconview.c:589 gtk/gtklistbox.c:501
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1157
msgid "Activate on Single Click"
msgstr "Activate on Single Click"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3612 gtk/gtkiconview.c:590 gtk/gtklistbox.c:502
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1158
msgid "Activate row on a single click"
msgstr "Activate row on a single click"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3618 gtk/gtklistbox.c:508 gtk/gtklistbox.c:509
msgid "Accept unpaired release"
msgstr "Accept unpaired release"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3619
msgid "Accept an unpaired release event"
msgstr "Accept an unpaired release event"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3648
msgid "Minimum Children Per Line"
msgstr "Minimum Children Per Line"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3649
msgid ""
"The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively in the given "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively in the given "
"orientation."

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3662
msgid "Maximum Children Per Line"
msgstr "Maximum Children Per Line"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3663
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the "
"given orientation."
msgstr ""
"The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the "
"given orientation."

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3675
msgid "Vertical spacing"
msgstr "Vertical spacing"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3676
msgid "The amount of vertical space between two children"
msgstr "The amount of vertical space between two children"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3687
msgid "Horizontal spacing"
msgstr "Horizontal spacing"

#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3688
msgid "The amount of horizontal space between two children"
msgstr "The amount of horizontal space between two children"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:485
msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog"
msgstr "The title of the font chooser dialog"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:498
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Use font in label"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:499
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:512
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Use size in label"

#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:513
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:76
msgid "Font description"
msgstr "Font description"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:89
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Preview text"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:90
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:102
msgid "Show preview text entry"
msgstr "Show preview text entry"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:103
msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"
msgstr "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:115
msgid "Selection level"
msgstr "Selection level"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:116
msgid "Whether to select family, face or font"
msgstr "Whether to select family, face or font"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:132
msgid "Font features"
msgstr "Font features"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:133
msgid "Font features as a string"
msgstr "Font features as a string"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:148
msgid "Language for which features have been selected"
msgstr "Language for which features have been selected"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:909
msgid "The tweak action"
msgstr "The tweak action"

#: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:910
msgid "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page"
msgstr "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page"

#: gtk/gtkframe.c:166
#| msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgid "Text of the frame’s label"
msgstr "Text of the frame’s label"

#: gtk/gtkframe.c:172
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "Label xalign"

#: gtk/gtkframe.c:173
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "The horizontal alignment of the label"

#: gtk/gtkframe.c:181
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"

#: gtk/gtkgesture.c:757
msgid "Number of points"
msgstr "Number of points"

#: gtk/gtkgesture.c:758
msgid "Number of points needed to trigger the gesture"
msgstr "Number of points needed to trigger the gesture"

#: gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c:280
msgid "Delay factor"
msgstr "Delay factor"

#: gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c:281
msgid "Factor by which to modify the default timeout"
msgstr "Factor by which to modify the default timeout"

#: gtk/gtkgesturepan.c:236 gtk/gtklistbase.c:1147 gtk/gtkorientable.c:57
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientation"

#: gtk/gtkgesturepan.c:237
msgid "Allowed orientations"
msgstr "Allowed orientations"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:265
msgid "Handle only touch events"
msgstr "Handle only touch events"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:266
msgid "Whether the gesture handles only touch events"
msgstr "Whether the gesture handles only touch events"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:278 gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:279
msgid "Whether the gesture is exclusive"
msgstr "Whether the gesture is exclusive"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:290
msgid "Button number"
msgstr "Button number"

#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:291
msgid "Button number to listen to"
msgstr "Button number to listen to"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:804
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Context"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:805
msgid "The GL context"
msgstr "The GL context"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:825
msgid "Auto render"
msgstr "Auto render"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:826
msgid "Whether the GtkGLArea renders on each redraw"
msgstr "Whether the GtkGLArea renders on each redraw"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:840
msgid "Has depth buffer"
msgstr "Has depth buffer"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:841
msgid "Whether a depth buffer is allocated"
msgstr "Whether a depth buffer is allocated"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:855
msgid "Has stencil buffer"
msgstr "Has stencil buffer"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:856
msgid "Whether a stencil buffer is allocated"
msgstr "Whether a stencil buffer is allocated"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:872
msgid "Use OpenGL ES"
msgstr "Use OpenGL ES"

#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:873
msgid "Whether the context uses OpenGL or OpenGL ES"
msgstr "Whether the context uses OpenGL or OpenGL ES"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:366 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1669
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Row spacing"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:367 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1670
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:373 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1681
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Column spacing"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:374 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1682
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:380 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1693
msgid "Row Homogeneous"
msgstr "Row Homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:381 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1694
msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"
msgstr "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:387 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1705
msgid "Column Homogeneous"
msgstr "Column Homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:388 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1706
msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"
msgstr "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:394 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1718
msgid "Baseline Row"
msgstr "Baseline Row"

#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:395 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1719
msgid "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE"
msgstr "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:167
#| msgid "Columns"
msgid "Column"
msgstr "Column"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:168
#| msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgid "The column to place the child in"
msgstr "The column to place the child in"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:179
#| msgid "Rows"
msgid "Row"
msgstr "Row"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:180
#| msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgid "The row to place the child in"
msgstr "The row to place the child in"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:191
#| msgid "Column spacing"
msgid "Column span"
msgstr "Column span"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:192
msgid "The number of columns that a child spans"
msgstr "The number of columns that a child spans"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:203
#| msgid "Row spacing"
msgid "Row span"
msgstr "Row span"

#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:204
msgid "The number of rows that a child spans"
msgstr "The number of rows that a child spans"

#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1075
#| msgid "Markup column"
msgid "Max columns"
msgstr "Max columns"

#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1076
#| msgid "Number of columns"
msgid "Maximum number of columns per row"
msgstr "Maximum number of columns per row"

#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1087
#| msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgid "Min columns"
msgstr "Min columns"

#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1088
#| msgid "Number of columns"
msgid "Minimum number of columns per row"
msgstr "Minimum number of columns per row"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:562
#| msgid "Edit Widget"
msgid "Title Widget"
msgstr "Title Widget"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:563
#| msgid "Custom title widget to display"
msgid "Title widget to display"
msgstr "Title widget to display"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:579
#| msgid "Show Close button"
msgid "Show title buttons"
msgstr "Show title buttons"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:580
#| msgid "Whether to show window decorations"
msgid "Whether to show title buttons"
msgstr "Whether to show title buttons"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:596 gtk/gtksettings.c:815 gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:534
msgid "Decoration Layout"
msgstr "Decoration Layout"

#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:597 gtk/gtksettings.c:816 gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:535
msgid "The layout for window decorations"
msgstr "The layout for window decorations"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1005 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1006
#| msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgid "Supported icon names"
msgstr "Supported icon names"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1023 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1024
#| msgid "Search mode"
msgid "Search path"
msgstr "Search path"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1042 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1043
#| msgid "Resource"
msgid "Resource path"
msgstr "Resource path"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1058 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1059
#| msgid "Theme Name"
msgid "Theme name"
msgstr "Theme name"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3574
#| msgid "Profile"
msgid "file"
msgstr "file"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3575
#| msgid "The icon representing the volume"
msgid "The file representing the icon"
msgstr "The file representing the icon"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3585 gtk/gtkstack.c:425
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Icon name"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3586
#| msgid "The icon name of the child page"
msgid "The icon name chosen during lookup"
msgstr "The icon name chosen during lookup"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3596
#| msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgid "Is symbolic"
msgstr "Is symbolic"

#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3597
#| msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgid "If the icon is symbolic"
msgstr "If the icon is symbolic"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:377
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Pixbuf column"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:378
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:394
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text from"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:411
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Markup column"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:412
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:419
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Icon View Model"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:420
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "The model for the icon view"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:434
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Number of columns"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:435
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "Number of columns to display"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:450
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Width for each item"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:451
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "The width used for each item"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:465
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:478
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Row Spacing"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:479
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid rows"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:492
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Column Spacing"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:493
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid columns"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:506
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Margin"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:507
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:520
msgid "Item Orientation"
msgstr "Item Orientation"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:521
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:536 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1024
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "View is reorderable"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:543 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1143
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Tooltip Column"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:544
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:559
msgid "Item Padding"
msgstr "Item Padding"

#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:560
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
msgstr "Padding around icon view items"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:172 gtk/gtkpicture.c:330
#| msgid "Editable"
msgid "Paintable"
msgstr "Paintable"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:173
#| msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgid "A GdkPaintable to display"
msgstr "A GdkPaintable to display"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:180
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Filename to load and display"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:186
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Icon size"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:187
#| msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
msgid "Symbolic size to use for icon set or named icon"
msgstr "Symbolic size to use for icon set or named icon"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:201
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Pixel size"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:202
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Pixel size to use for named icon"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:242
msgid "The resource path being displayed"
msgstr "The resource path being displayed"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:248
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Storage type"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:249
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "The representation being used for image data"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:264
msgid "Use Fallback"
msgstr "Use Fallback"

#: gtk/gtkimage.c:265
msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback"
msgstr "Whether to use icon names fallback"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:357 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:364
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Message Type"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:358 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:365
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "The type of message"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:370 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:321
msgid "Show Close Button"
msgstr "Show Close Button"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:371
msgid "Whether to include a standard close button"
msgstr "Whether to include a standard close button"

#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:378
#| msgid "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not"
msgid "Controls whether the info bar shows its contents or not"
msgstr "Controls whether the info bar shows its contents or not"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2191
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "The text of the label"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2198
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2218 gtk/gtktexttag.c:382 gtk/gtktextview.c:877
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Justification"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2219
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkLabel:xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkLabel:xalign for that"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2250
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Y align"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2251
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2258
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Line wrap"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2259
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2272
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Line wrap mode"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2273
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2281
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2287
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Mnemonic key"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2288
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2295
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Mnemonic widget"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2296
#| msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label’s mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "The widget to be activated when the label’s mnemonic key is pressed"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2318
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2352
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Single Line Mode"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2353
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Whether the label is in single line mode"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2370
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2385
msgid "Number of lines"
msgstr "Number of lines"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2386
msgid "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label"
msgstr "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label"

#: gtk/gtklabel.c:2400 gtk/gtktext.c:939 gtk/gtktextview.c:1075
#| msgid "The model for the tree menu"
msgid "Menu model to append to the context menu"
msgstr "Menu model to append to the context menu"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:945
msgid "Currently filled value level"
msgstr "Currently filled value level"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:946
msgid "Currently filled value level of the level bar"
msgstr "Currently filled value level of the level bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:958
msgid "Minimum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Minimum value level for the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:959
msgid "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:971
msgid "Maximum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Maximum value level for the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:972
msgid "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:990
msgid "The mode of the value indicator"
msgstr "The mode of the value indicator"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:991
msgid "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar"
msgstr "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar"

#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1005
msgid "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows"
msgstr "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows"

#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:180
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"

#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:181
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "The URI bound to this button"

#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:194
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visited"

#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:195
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Whether this link has been visited."

#: gtk/gtklistbase.c:1148 gtk/gtkorientable.c:58
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "The orientation of the orientable"

#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:515 gtk/gtklistview.c:843
#| msgid "Has separator"
msgid "Show separators"
msgstr "Show separators"

#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:3480
msgid "Whether this row can be activated"
msgstr "Whether this row can be activated"

#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:3492
msgid "Whether this row can be selected"
msgstr "Whether this row can be selected"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:174
#| msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgid "If the item can be activated by the user"
msgstr "If the item can be activated by the user"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:186
#| msgid "Widget to display in center"
msgid "Widget used for display"
msgstr "Widget used for display"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:197 gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:520 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1102
msgid "Item"
msgstr "Item"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:198
#| msgid "Display"
msgid "Displayed item"
msgstr "Displayed item"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:209 gtk/gtknotebook.c:611 gtk/gtkpaned.c:446
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1671
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Position"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:210
#| msgid "Position of the item within this group"
msgid "Position of the item"
msgstr "Position of the item"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:222
#| msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgid "If the item can be selected by the user"
msgstr "If the item can be selected by the user"

#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:234
#| msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgid "If the item is currently selected"
msgstr "If the item is currently selected"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:264
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "Permission"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:265
msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button"
msgstr "The GPermission object controlling this button"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:272
msgid "Lock Text"
msgstr "Lock Text"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:273
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:281
msgid "Unlock Text"
msgstr "Unlock Text"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:282
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:290
msgid "Lock Tooltip"
msgstr "Lock Tooltip"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:291
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:299
msgid "Unlock Tooltip"
msgstr "Unlock Tooltip"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:300
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:308
msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip"
msgstr "Not Authorized Tooltip"

#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:309
msgid ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
msgstr ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"

#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:187
msgid "Inspected"
msgstr "Inspected"

#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:188
msgid "Inspected widget"
msgstr "Inspected widget"

#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:194 gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:195
msgid "magnification"
msgstr "magnification"

#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:201 gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:202
msgid "resize"
msgstr "resize"

#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:363
msgid "has map"
msgstr "has map"

#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:364
msgid "If a map is set for this model"
msgstr "If a map is set for this model"

#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:376
#| msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgid "The model being mapped"
msgstr "The model being mapped"

#: gtk/gtkmediacontrols.c:276 gtk/gtkvideo.c:342
msgid "Media Stream"
msgstr "Media Stream"

#: gtk/gtkmediacontrols.c:277
msgid "The media stream managed"
msgstr "The media stream managed"

#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:162
msgid "File being played back"
msgstr "File being played back"

#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:173
#| msgid "Input source"
msgid "Input stream"
msgstr "Input stream"

#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:174
msgid "Input stream being played back"
msgstr "Input stream being played back"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:304
msgid "Prepared"
msgstr "Prepared"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:305
#| msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
msgid "Whether the stream has finished initializing"
msgstr "Whether the stream has finished initializing"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:316
#| msgid "Error Bell"
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Error"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:317
msgid "Error the stream is in"
msgstr "Error the stream is in"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:328
#| msgid "Has padding"
msgid "Has audio"
msgstr "Has audio"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:329
#| msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
msgid "Whether the stream contains audio"
msgstr "Whether the stream contains audio"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:340
#| msgid "Has default"
msgid "Has video"
msgstr "Has video"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:341
#| msgid "Whether the status icon is visible"
msgid "Whether the stream contains video"
msgstr "Whether the stream contains video"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:352
msgid "Playing"
msgstr "Playing"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:353
#| msgid "Whether the gesture is exclusive"
msgid "Whether the stream is playing"
msgstr "Whether the stream is playing"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:364
#| msgid "Expanded"
msgid "Ended"
msgstr "Ended"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:365
msgid "Set when playback has finished"
msgstr "Set when playback has finished"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:376
msgid "Timestamp"
msgstr "Timestamp"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:377 gtk/gtkmediastream.c:389
#| msgid "Hold Time (in milliseconds)"
msgid "Timestamp in microseconds"
msgstr "Timestamp in microseconds"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:388
#| msgid "Fraction"
msgid "Duration"
msgstr "Duration"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:400
#| msgid "Selectable"
msgid "Seekable"
msgstr "Seekable"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:401
msgid "Set unless seeking is not supported"
msgstr "Set unless seeking is not supported"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:412
msgid "Seeking"
msgstr "Seeking"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:413
msgid "Set while a seek is in progress"
msgstr "Set while a seek is in progress"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:424 gtk/gtkvideo.c:330
msgid "Loop"
msgstr "Loop"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:425
msgid "Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended."
msgstr "Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended."

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:436
msgid "Muted"
msgstr "Muted"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:437
#| msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgid "Whether the audio stream should be muted."
msgstr "Whether the audio stream should be muted."

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:448
#| msgid "Columns"
msgid "Volume"
msgstr "Volume"

#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:449
#| msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgid "Volume of the audio stream."
msgstr "Volume of the audio stream."

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:377 gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c:637 gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:563
msgid "Menu model"
msgstr "Menu model"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:378
msgid "The model from which the popup is made."
msgstr "The model from which the popup is made."

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:391
msgid "The direction the arrow should point."
msgstr "The direction the arrow should point."

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:403 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1244
msgid "Popover"
msgstr "Popover"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:404
msgid "The popover"
msgstr "The popover"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:418
#| msgid "The label on the accept button"
msgid "The label for the button"
msgstr "The label for the button"

#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:431
#| msgid "Has Frame"
msgid "Has frame"
msgstr "Has frame"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:372
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Message Buttons"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:373
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialog"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:387
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "The primary text of the message dialog"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:399
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Use Markup"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:400
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:411
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Secondary Text"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:412
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialog"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:424
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Use Markup in secondary"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:425
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "The secondary text includes Pango markup."

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:438
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Message area"

#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:439
#| msgid "GtkBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
msgid "GtkBox that holds the dialog’s primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkBox that holds the dialog’s primary and secondary labels"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1172
msgid "Role"
msgstr "Role"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1173
msgid "The role of this button"
msgstr "The role of this button"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1187
msgid "The icon"
msgstr "The icon"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1199
msgid "The text"
msgstr "The text"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1213
msgid "The text of the button includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "The text of the button includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1237
msgid "Menu name"
msgstr "Menu name"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1238
msgid "The name of the menu to open"
msgstr "The name of the menu to open"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1245
#| msgid "Popover"
msgid "Popover to open"
msgstr "Popover to open"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1258
msgid "Iconic"
msgstr "Iconic"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1259
msgid "Whether to prefer the icon over text"
msgstr "Whether to prefer the icon over text"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1272
#| msgid "Icon Size Group"
msgid "Size group"
msgstr "Size group"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1273
#| msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgid "Size group for checks and radios"
msgstr "Size group for checks and radios"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1278
#| msgid "Accel Path"
msgid "Accel"
msgstr "Accel"

#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1279
#| msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgid "The accelerator"
msgstr "The accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "The parent window"

#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:183
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Is Showing"

#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:184
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Are we showing a dialog"

#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:192
#| msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgid "The display where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "The display where this window will be displayed."

#: gtk/gtkmultiselection.c:357
msgid "List managed by this selection"
msgstr "List managed by this selection"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:213
msgid "Dialog Title"
msgstr "Dialog Title"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:214
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog"
msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialog"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:226
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the dialog is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the dialog is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:238
msgid "Whether the dialog is currently visible"
msgstr "Whether the dialog is currently visible"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:249 gtk/gtkwindow.c:859
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transient for Window"

#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:250 gtk/gtkwindow.c:860
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
msgstr "The transient parent of the dialog"

#: gtk/gtknoselection.c:204 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:439
#| msgid "The child model"
msgid "The model"
msgstr "The model"

#: gtk/gtknoselection.c:205 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:440
#| msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgid "The model being managed"
msgstr "The model being managed"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:577
#| msgid "The title of the child page"
msgid "The child for this page"
msgstr "The child for this page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:583
#| msgid "Tabs"
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:584
#| msgid "The title of the child page"
msgid "The tab widget for this page"
msgstr "The tab widget for this page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:590
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menu"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:591
#| msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgid "The label widget displayed in the child’s menu entry"
msgstr "The label widget displayed in the child’s menu entry"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:597
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Tab label"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:598
#| msgid "The text of the label"
msgid "The text of the tab widget"
msgstr "The text of the tab widget"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:604
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Menu label"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:605
#| msgid "The name of the widget"
msgid "The text of the menu widget"
msgstr "The text of the menu widget"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:612
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "The index of the child in the parent"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:618
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Tab expand"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:619
#| msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab"
msgid "Whether to expand the child’s tab"
msgstr "Whether to expand the child’s tab"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:625
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Tab fill"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:626
#| msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area"
msgid "Whether the child’s tab should fill the allocated area"
msgstr "Whether the child’s tab should fill the allocated area"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:632
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Tab reorderable"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:633
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
msgstr "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:639
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Tab detachable"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:640
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Whether the tab is detachable"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1057
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1058
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "The index of the current page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1065
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Tab Position"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1066
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1073
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Show Tabs"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1074
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
msgstr "Whether tabs should be shown"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1080
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Show Border"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1081
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgstr "Whether the border should be shown"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1087
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Scrollable"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1088
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1094
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Enable Popup"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1095
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1106
msgid "Group Name"
msgstr "Group Name"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1107
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
msgstr "Group name for tab drag and drop"

#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1114
#| msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgid "The pages of the notebook."
msgstr "The pages of the notebook."

#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:551 gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:253
#: gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:297
msgid "Expression to compare with"
msgstr "Expression to compare with"

#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:561 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:397
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Sort order"

#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:562
#| msgid "Whether to reserve space for a subtitle"
msgid "Whether to sort smaller numbers first"
msgstr "Whether to sort smaller numbers first"

#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:136
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "Measure"

#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:137
#| msgid "Icon size set"
msgid "Include in size measurement"
msgstr "Include in size measurement"

#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:147
msgid "Clip Overlay"
msgstr "Clip Overlay"

#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:148
msgid "Clip the overlay child widget so as to fit the parent"
msgstr "Clip the overlay child widget so as to fit the parent"

#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:370
msgid "Action group"
msgstr "Action group"

#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:371
msgid "Action group to launch actions from"
msgstr "Action group to launch actions from"

#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:376
msgid "Pad device"
msgstr "Pad device"

#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:377
msgid "Pad device to control"
msgstr "Pad device to control"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:447
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:453
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Position Set"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:454
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "TRUE if the Position property should be used"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:467
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Minimal Position"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:468
#| msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgid "Smallest possible value for the “position” property"
msgstr "Smallest possible value for the “position” property"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:481
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Maximal Position"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:482
#| msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgid "Largest possible value for the “position” property"
msgstr "Largest possible value for the “position” property"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:495
msgid "Wide Handle"
msgstr "Wide Handle"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:496
msgid "Whether the paned should have a prominent handle"
msgstr "Whether the paned should have a prominent handle"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:508
#| msgid "Resize grip"
msgid "Resize first child"
msgstr "Resize first child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:509
#| msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:521
#| msgid "Resize mode"
msgid "Resize second child"
msgstr "Resize second child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:522
#| msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:534
msgid "Shrink first child"
msgstr "Shrink first child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:535
#| msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgid "If TRUE, the first child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "If TRUE, the first child can be made smaller than its requisition"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:547
msgid "Shrink second child"
msgstr "Shrink second child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:548
#| msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgid "If TRUE, the second child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "If TRUE, the second child can be made smaller than its requisition"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:554
#| msgid "Visible child"
msgid "First child"
msgstr "First child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:555
#| msgid "Name of visible child"
msgid "The first child"
msgstr "The first child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:561
#| msgid "Obey child"
msgid "Second child"
msgstr "Second child"

#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:562
#| msgid "The selected color"
msgid "The second child"
msgstr "The second child"

#: gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:450
#| msgid "Show Icons"
msgid "Show Peek Icon"
msgstr "Show Peek Icon"

#: gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:451
#| msgid "Whether to show an icon for Emoji"
msgid "Whether to show an icon for revealing the content"
msgstr "Whether to show an icon for revealing the content"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:331
#| msgid "The title to display"
msgid "The GdkPaintable to display"
msgstr "The GdkPaintable to display"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:343
#| msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgid "File to load and display"
msgstr "File to load and display"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:354
#| msgid "Alternative button order"
msgid "Alternative text"
msgstr "Alternative text"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:355
msgid "The alternative textual description"
msgstr "The alternative textual description"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:367
#| msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgid "Keep aspect ratio"
msgstr "Keep aspect ratio"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:368
msgid "Render contents respecting the aspect ratio"
msgstr "Render contents respecting the aspect ratio"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:379
#| msgid "Shrink"
msgid "Can shrink"
msgstr "Can shrink"

#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:380
#| msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgid "Allow self to be smaller than contents"
msgstr "Allow self to be smaller than contents"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4326
msgid "Location to Select"
msgstr "Location to Select"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4327
msgid "The location to highlight in the sidebar"
msgstr "The location to highlight in the sidebar"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4332 gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2254
msgid "Open Flags"
msgstr "Open Flags"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4333 gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2255
msgid ""
"Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the "
"sidebar"
msgstr ""
"Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the "
"sidebar"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4339
msgid "Show recent files"
msgstr "Show recent files"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4340
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut for recent files"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut for recent files"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4345
#| msgid "Show 'Desktop'"
msgid "Show “Desktop”"
msgstr "Show “Desktop”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4346
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4351
#| msgid "Show “Starred Location”"
msgid "Show “Enter Location”"
msgstr "Show “Enter Location”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4352
msgid ""
"Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to manually enter a location"
msgstr ""
"Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to manually enter a location"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4357
#| msgid "Show 'Trash'"
msgid "Show “Trash”"
msgstr "Show “Trash”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4358
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Trash location"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Trash location"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4363
#| msgid "Show 'Other locations'"
msgid "Show “Other locations”"
msgstr "Show “Other locations”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4364
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show external locations"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show external locations"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4369
msgid "Show “Starred Location”"
msgstr "Show “Starred Location”"

#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4370
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show starred files"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show starred files"

#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2240
msgid "Loading"
msgstr "Loading"

#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2241
msgid "Whether the view is loading locations"
msgstr "Whether the view is loading locations"

#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2247
msgid "Fetching networks"
msgstr "Fetching networks"

#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2248
msgid "Whether the view is fetching networks"
msgstr "Whether the view is fetching networks"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:340
msgid "Icon of the row"
msgstr "Icon of the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:341
msgid "The icon representing the volume"
msgstr "The icon representing the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:347
msgid "Name of the volume"
msgstr "Name of the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:348
msgid "The name of the volume"
msgstr "The name of the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:354
msgid "Path of the volume"
msgstr "Path of the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:355
msgid "The path of the volume"
msgstr "The path of the volume"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:361
msgid "Volume represented by the row"
msgstr "Volume represented by the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:362
msgid "The volume represented by the row"
msgstr "The volume represented by the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:368
msgid "Mount represented by the row"
msgstr "Mount represented by the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:369
msgid "The mount point represented by the row, if any"
msgstr "The mount point represented by the row, if any"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:375
msgid "File represented by the row"
msgstr "File represented by the row"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:376
msgid "The file represented by the row, if any"
msgstr "The file represented by the row, if any"

#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:382 gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:383
msgid "Whether the row represents a network location"
msgstr "Whether the row represents a network location"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1664
msgid "Pointing to"
msgstr "Pointing to"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1665
msgid "Rectangle the bubble window points to"
msgstr "Rectangle the bubble window points to"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1672
msgid "Position to place the bubble window"
msgstr "Position to place the bubble window"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1679
#| msgid "Whether the popover is modal"
msgid "Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks"
msgstr "Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1685 gtk/gtkwindow.c:920
#| msgid "Default Width"
msgid "Default widget"
msgstr "Default widget"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1686 gtk/gtkwindow.c:921
#| msgid "The name of the widget"
msgid "The default widget"
msgstr "The default widget"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1692
#| msgid "Show Arrow"
msgid "Has Arrow"
msgstr "Has Arrow"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1693
#| msgid "Whether to show an icon for Emoji"
msgid "Whether to draw an arrow"
msgstr "Whether to draw an arrow"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1699
#| msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
msgid "Mnemonics visible"
msgstr "Mnemonics visible"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1700
#| msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover"
msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1713
msgid "Cascade popdown"
msgstr "Cascade popdown"

#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1714
#| msgid "Whether the popover is modal"
msgid "Whether the popover pops down after a child popover"
msgstr "Whether the popover pops down after a child popover"

#: gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c:638
#| msgid "The model from which the popup is made."
msgid "The model from which the bar is made."
msgstr "The model from which the bar is made."

#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:555
msgid "Visible submenu"
msgstr "Visible submenu"

#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:556
msgid "The name of the visible submenu"
msgstr "The name of the visible submenu"

#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:564
#| msgid "The model from which the popup is made."
msgid "The model from which the menu is made."
msgstr "The model from which the menu is made."

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:120
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Name of the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:126
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:127
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend for the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:133
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "Is Virtual"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:134
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:140
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Accepts PDF"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:141
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:147
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Accepts PostScript"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:148
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:154
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "State Message"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:155
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "String giving the current state of the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:161
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Location"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:162
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "The location of the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:169
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "The icon name to use for the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:175
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Job Count"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:176
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "Number of jobs queued in the printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:192
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Paused Printer"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:193
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is paused"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:204
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Accepting Jobs"

#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:205
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"

#: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:103
msgid "Option Value"
msgstr "Option Value"

#: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:104
msgid "Value of the option"
msgstr "Value of the option"

#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:129
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Source option"

#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:130
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "The PrinterOption backing this widget"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:145
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Title of the print job"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:153
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Printer"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:154
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Printer to print the job to"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:162
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Settings"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:163
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Printer settings"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:171 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:172 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:381
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Page Setup"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:180 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1192
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Track Print Status"

#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:181
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1076
msgid "Default Page Setup"
msgstr "Default Page Setup"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1077
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup used by default"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1093 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:399
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Print Settings"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1094 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:400
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1110
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Job Name"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1111
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "A string used for identifying the print job."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1133
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Number of Pages"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1134
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "The number of pages in the document."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1153 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:389
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Current Page"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1154 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:390
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "The current page in the document"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1173
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Use full page"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1174
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1193
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1208
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unit"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1209
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1224
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Show Dialog"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1225
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1246
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Allow Async"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1247
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1267 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1268
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Export filename"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1280
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1281
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "The status of the print operation"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1299
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Status String"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1300
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "A human-readable description of the status"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1316
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Custom tab label"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1317
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1330 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:424
msgid "Support Selection"
msgstr "Support Selection"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1331
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
msgstr "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1345 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:432
msgid "Has Selection"
msgstr "Has Selection"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1346
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
msgstr "TRUE if a selection exists."

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1359 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:440
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
msgstr "Embed Page Setup"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1360 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:441
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1379
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
msgstr "Number of Pages To Print"

#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1380
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
msgstr "The number of pages that will be printed."

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:382
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup to use"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:407
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Selected Printer"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:408
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "The GtkPrinter which is selected"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:415
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
msgstr "Manual Capabilities"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:416
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
msgstr "Capabilities the application can handle"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:425
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
msgstr "Whether the dialog supports selection"

#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:433
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
msgstr "Whether the application has a selection"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:192
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fraction"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:193
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "The fraction of total work that has been completed"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:200
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Pulse Step"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:209
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:228
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Show text"

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:229
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Whether the progress is shown as text."

#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:248
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:376
#| msgid "Storage type"
msgid "Item type"
msgstr "Item type"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:377
#| msgid "The type of message"
msgid "The type of elements of this object"
msgstr "The type of elements of this object"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:388
#| msgid "Pack type"
msgid "type"
msgstr "type"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:389
#| msgid "The name of the property"
msgid "Name of the property used for lookups"
msgstr "Name of the property used for lookups"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:400
#| msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgid "Object"
msgstr "Object"

#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:401
#| msgid "The auxiliary completion object"
msgid "The root object"
msgstr "The root object"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:365
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:372
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:385
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Show Fill Level"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:386
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:399
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrict to Fill Level"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:400
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:412
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Fill Level"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:413
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "The fill level."

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:426
msgid "Round Digits"
msgstr "Round Digits"

#: gtk/gtkrange.c:427
msgid "The number of digits to round the value to."
msgstr "The number of digits to round the value to."

#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:280
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"

#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:293
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "The size of the recently used resources list"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:318 gtk/gtkstack.c:805
msgid "Transition type"
msgstr "Transition type"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:319 gtk/gtkstack.c:805
msgid "The type of animation used to transition"
msgstr "The type of animation used to transition"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:326 gtk/gtkstack.c:801
msgid "Transition duration"
msgstr "Transition duration"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:327 gtk/gtkstack.c:801
msgid "The animation duration, in milliseconds"
msgstr "The animation duration, in milliseconds"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:333
msgid "Reveal Child"
msgstr "Reveal Child"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:334
msgid "Whether the container should reveal the child"
msgstr "Whether the container should reveal the child"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:340
msgid "Child Revealed"
msgstr "Child Revealed"

#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:341
msgid "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached"
msgstr "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached"

#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:205
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "The value of the scale"

#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:215
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"

#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:241
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Icons"

#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:242
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "List of icon names"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:678
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:685
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Draw Value"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:686
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:692
msgid "Has Origin"
msgstr "Has Origin"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:693
msgid "Whether the scale has an origin"
msgstr "Whether the scale has an origin"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:699
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Value Position"

#: gtk/gtkscale.c:700
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "The position in which the current value is displayed"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:75
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontal adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:76
msgid ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:90
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Vertical adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:91
msgid ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:105
msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:106 gtk/gtkscrollable.c:120
msgid "How the size of the content should be determined"
msgstr "How the size of the content should be determined"

#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:119
msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Vertical Scrollable Policy"

#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:214
#| msgid ""
#| "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scrollbar"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scrollbar"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:606
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:607
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:613
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Vertical Adjustment"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:614
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:620
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:621
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:628
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:629
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:636
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Window Placement"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:637
msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars."

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:645
#| msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgid "Whether to draw a frame around the contents"
msgstr "Whether to draw a frame around the contents"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:656
msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgstr "Minimum Content Width"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:657
msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:668
msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgstr "Minimum Content Height"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:669
msgid ""
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:681
msgid "Kinetic Scrolling"
msgstr "Kinetic Scrolling"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:682
msgid "Kinetic scrolling mode."
msgstr "Kinetic scrolling mode."

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:699
msgid "Overlay Scrolling"
msgstr "Overlay Scrolling"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:700
msgid "Overlay scrolling mode"
msgstr "Overlay scrolling mode"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:711
msgid "Maximum Content Width"
msgstr "Maximum Content Width"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:712
msgid "The maximum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The maximum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:723
msgid "Maximum Content Height"
msgstr "Maximum Content Height"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:724
msgid ""
"The maximum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The maximum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:739 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:740
msgid "Propagate Natural Width"
msgstr "Propagate Natural Width"

#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:755 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:756
msgid "Propagate Natural Height"
msgstr "Propagate Natural Height"

#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:310
msgid "Search Mode Enabled"
msgstr "Search Mode Enabled"

#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:311
msgid "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown"
msgstr "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown"

#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:322
msgid "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar"
msgstr "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar"

#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:334 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:335
#| msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgid "Key Capture Widget"
msgstr "Key Capture Widget"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:317
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "Double Click Time"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:318
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:324
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr "Double Click Distance"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:325
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:340
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Cursor Blink"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:341
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Whether the cursor should blink"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:347
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Cursor Blink Time"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:348
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:364
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Cursor Blink Timeout"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:365
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:371
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Split Cursor"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:372
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:379
msgid "Cursor Aspect Ratio"
msgstr "Cursor Aspect Ratio"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:380
msgid "The aspect ratio of the text caret"
msgstr "The aspect ratio of the text caret"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:387
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Theme Name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:388
msgid "Name of theme to load"
msgstr "Name of theme to load"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:395
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Icon Theme Name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:396
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Name of icon theme to use"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:403
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Drag threshold"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:404
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:416
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Font Name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:417
msgid "The default font family and size to use"
msgstr "The default font family and size to use"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:424
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Xft Antialias"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:425
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:433
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Xft Hinting"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:434
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:442
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Xft Hint Style"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:443
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
msgstr ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:451
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:452
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:460
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "Xft DPI"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:461
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:469
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Cursor theme name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:470
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
msgstr "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:477
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Cursor theme size"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:478
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:486
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Alternative button order"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:487
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:501
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Alternative sort indicator direction"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:502
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:509
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Enable Animations"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:510
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:527
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Error Bell"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:528
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:543
msgid "Default print backend"
msgstr "Default print backend"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:544
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:564
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:565
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Command to run when displaying a print preview"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:578
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Enable Accelerators"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:579
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Whether menu items should have accelerators"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:597
msgid "Default IM module"
msgstr "Default IM module"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:598
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "Which IM module should be used by default"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:613
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Recent Files Max Age"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:614
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:622
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:623
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:642
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Sound Theme Name"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:643
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "XDG sound theme name"

#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:662
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Audible Input Feedback"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:663
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:681
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Enable Event Sounds"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:682
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Whether to play any event sounds at all"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:701
msgid "Primary button warps slider"
msgstr "Primary button warps slider"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:702
msgid ""
"Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position"
msgstr ""
"Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:724
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
msgstr "Application prefers a dark theme"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:725
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
msgstr "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:732 gtk/gtksettings.c:756
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Select on focus"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:733
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:747
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Password Hint Timeout"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:748
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:757
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:764
msgid "Desktop shell shows app menu"
msgstr "Desktop shell shows app menu"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:765
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:773
msgid "Desktop shell shows the menubar"
msgstr "Desktop shell shows the menubar"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:774
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:782
msgid "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder"
msgstr "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:783
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, "
"FALSE if not."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, "
"FALSE if not."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:831
msgid "Titlebar double-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar double-click action"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:832
msgid "The action to take on titlebar double-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar double-click"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:847
msgid "Titlebar middle-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar middle-click action"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:848
msgid "The action to take on titlebar middle-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar middle-click"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:863
msgid "Titlebar right-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar right-click action"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:864
msgid "The action to take on titlebar right-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar right-click"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:880
msgid "Dialogs use header bar"
msgstr "Dialogs use header bar"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:881
#| msgid ""
#| "Whether builtin GTK+ dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action "
#| "area."
msgid ""
"Whether builtin GTK dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action "
"area."
msgstr ""
"Whether builtin GTK dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action "
"area."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:894
msgid "Enable primary paste"
msgstr "Enable primary paste"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:895
#| msgid ""
#| "Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the 'PRIMARY' clipboard "
#| "content at the cursor location."
msgid ""
"Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the “PRIMARY” clipboard "
"content at the cursor location."
msgstr ""
"Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the “PRIMARY” clipboard "
"content at the cursor location."

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:908
msgid "Recent Files Enabled"
msgstr "Recent Files Enabled"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:909
#| msgid "Whether GTK+ remembers recent files"
msgid "Whether GTK remembers recent files"
msgstr "Whether GTK remembers recent files"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:921
msgid "Long press time"
msgstr "Long press time"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:922
msgid ""
"Time for a button/touch press to be considered a long press (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Time for a button/touch press to be considered a long press (in milliseconds)"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:936 gtk/gtksettings.c:937
msgid "Whether to show cursor in text"
msgstr "Whether to show cursor in text"

#: gtk/gtksettings.c:951 gtk/gtksettings.c:952
msgid "Whether to use overlay scrollbars"
msgstr "Whether to use overlay scrollbars"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:942
#| msgid "Section Name"
msgid "Signal Name"
msgstr "Signal Name"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:943
#| msgid "The name of the widget"
msgid "The name of the signal to emit"
msgstr "The name of the signal to emit"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:1183 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:717
msgid "Action Name"
msgstr "Action Name"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:1184
#| msgid "The name of the action"
msgid "The name of the action to activate"
msgstr "The name of the action to activate"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:162
msgid "The action activated by this shortcut"
msgstr "The action activated by this shortcut"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:175
#| msgid "Alignment"
msgid "Arguments"
msgstr "Arguments"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:176
msgid "Arguments passed to activation"
msgstr "Arguments passed to activation"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:188
msgid "Trigger"
msgstr "Trigger"

#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:189
#| msgid "A short description for the shortcut"
msgid "The trigger for this shortcut"
msgstr "The trigger for this shortcut"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:552
#| msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
msgid "Mnemonic modifiers"
msgstr "Mnemonic modifiers"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:553
msgid "The modifiers to be pressed to allow mnemonics activation"
msgstr "The modifiers to be pressed to allow mnemonics activation"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:566
msgid "A list model to take shortcuts from"
msgstr "A list model to take shortcuts from"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:578
msgid "What scope the shortcuts will be handled in"
msgstr "What scope the shortcuts will be handled in"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c:485 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:578
msgid "Accelerator"
msgstr "Accelerator"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c:495
msgid "Disabled text"
msgstr "Disabled text"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:293
msgid "View"
msgstr "View"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:306 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:307
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:659 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:660
msgid "Accelerator Size Group"
msgstr "Accelerator Size Group"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:320 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:321
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:673 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:674
msgid "Title Size Group"
msgstr "Title Size Group"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:294 gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.c:753
msgid "Section Name"
msgstr "Section Name"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:308 gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.c:768
msgid "View Name"
msgstr "View Name"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:333
msgid "Maximum Height"
msgstr "Maximum Height"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:579
#| msgid "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type 'Accelerator'"
msgid "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type “Accelerator”"
msgstr "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type “Accelerator”"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:593
#| msgid "The icon to show for shortcuts of type 'Other Gesture'"
msgid "The icon to show for shortcuts of type “Other Gesture”"
msgstr "The icon to show for shortcuts of type “Other Gesture”"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:604
msgid "Icon Set"
msgstr "Icon Set"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:605
msgid "Whether an icon has been set"
msgstr "Whether an icon has been set"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:618
msgid "A short description for the shortcut"
msgstr "A short description for the shortcut"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:634
msgid "A short description for the gesture"
msgstr "A short description for the gesture"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:645
msgid "Subtitle Set"
msgstr "Subtitle Set"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:646
msgid "Whether a subtitle has been set"
msgstr "Whether a subtitle has been set"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:688
msgid "Text direction for which this shortcut is active"
msgstr "Text direction for which this shortcut is active"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:700
msgid "Shortcut Type"
msgstr "Shortcut Type"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:701
msgid "The type of shortcut that is represented"
msgstr "The type of shortcut that is represented"

#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:718
msgid "The name of the action"
msgstr "The name of the action"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:656 gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:912
#| msgid "The value"
msgid "Key value"
msgstr "Key value"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:657 gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:913
#| msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgid "The key value for the trigger"
msgstr "The key value for the trigger"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:671
msgid "Modifiers"
msgstr "Modifiers"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:672
#| msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgid "The key modifiers for the trigger"
msgstr "The key modifiers for the trigger"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1158
msgid "First"
msgstr "First"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1159
msgid "The first trigger to check"
msgstr "The first trigger to check"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1171
#| msgid "Secondary"
msgid "Second"
msgstr "Second"

#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1172
msgid "The second trigger to check"
msgstr "The second trigger to check"

#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:391
msgid "Autoselect"
msgstr "Autoselect"

#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:392
msgid "If the selection will always select an item"
msgstr "If the selection will always select an item"

#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:403
#| msgid "Has selection"
msgid "Can unselect"
msgstr "Can unselect"

#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:404
msgid "If unselecting the selected item is allowed"
msgstr "If unselecting the selected item is allowed"

#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:226 gtk/gtktreeselection.c:138
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Mode"

#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:227
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"

#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:265
msgid "Child model to take slice from"
msgstr "Child model to take slice from"

#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:276
msgid "Offset"
msgstr "Offset"

#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:277
msgid "Offset of slice"
msgstr "Offset of slice"

#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:289
#| msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgid "Maximum size of slice"
msgstr "Maximum size of slice"

#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:785
#| msgid "Step Increment"
msgid "Sort items incrementally"
msgstr "Sort items incrementally"

#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:797
#| msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgid "The model being sorted"
msgstr "The model being sorted"

#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:809
msgid "Estimate of unsorted items remaining"
msgstr "Estimate of unsorted items remaining"

#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:821
#| msgid "The text for the child label"
msgid "The sorter for this model"
msgstr "The sorter for this model"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:378
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Climb Rate"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:379
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key"
msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:392
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Snap to Ticks"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:393
#| msgid ""
#| "Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
#| "nearest step increment"
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button’s "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button’s "
"nearest step increment"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:399
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numeric"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:400
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:406
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Wrap"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:407
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:413
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Update Policy"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:414
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"

#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:422
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"

#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:238
msgid "Spinning"
msgstr "Spinning"

#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:239
#| msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
msgid "Whether the spinner is spinning"
msgstr "Whether the spinner is spinning"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:405
#| msgid "The title of the child page"
msgid "The child of the page"
msgstr "The child of the page"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:412
msgid "The name of the child page"
msgstr "The name of the child page"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:419
msgid "The title of the child page"
msgstr "The title of the child page"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:426
msgid "The icon name of the child page"
msgstr "The icon name of the child page"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:440
msgid "Needs Attention"
msgstr "Needs Attention"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:441
msgid "Whether this page needs attention"
msgstr "Whether this page needs attention"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:448
#| msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgid "Whether this page is visible"
msgstr "Whether this page is visible"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:455
#| msgid ""
#| "If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be "
#| "used for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the title indicates the next character should be "
"used for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"If set, an underline in the title indicates the next character should be "
"used for the mnemonic accelerator key"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:779
msgid "Horizontally homogeneous"
msgstr "Horizontally homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:779
msgid "Horizontally homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Horizontally homogeneous sizing"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:789
msgid "Vertically homogeneous"
msgstr "Vertically homogeneous"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:789
msgid "Vertically homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Vertically homogeneous sizing"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:793
msgid "Visible child"
msgstr "Visible child"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:793
msgid "The widget currently visible in the stack"
msgstr "The widget currently visible in the stack"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:797
msgid "Name of visible child"
msgstr "Name of visible child"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:797
msgid "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack"
msgstr "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:809
msgid "Transition running"
msgstr "Transition running"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:809
msgid "Whether or not the transition is currently running"
msgstr "Whether or not the transition is currently running"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:813
msgid "Interpolate size"
msgstr "Interpolate size"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:813
msgid ""
"Whether or not the size should smoothly change when changing between "
"differently sized children"
msgstr ""
"Whether or not the size should smoothly change when changing between "
"differently sized children"

#: gtk/gtkstack.c:818
#| msgid "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page"
msgid "A selection model with the stacks pages"
msgstr "A selection model with the stacks pages"

#: gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c:367 gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:511
#: gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:512
msgid "Stack"
msgstr "Stack"

#: gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c:368
msgid "Associated stack for this GtkStackSidebar"
msgstr "Associated stack for this GtkStackSidebar"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:263 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:307
#| msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgid "Ignore case"
msgstr "Ignore case"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:264 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:308
#| msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
msgid "If matching is case sensitive"
msgstr "If matching is case sensitive"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:275
#| msgid "Search mode"
msgid "Match mode"
msgstr "Match mode"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:276
msgid "If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed"
msgstr "If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:288
#| msgid "Search mode"
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Search"

#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:289
#| msgid "The selected year"
msgid "The search term"
msgstr "The search term"

#: gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:145
#| msgid "The associated GdkScreen"
msgid "The associated GdkDisplay"
msgstr "The associated GdkDisplay"

#: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:103
msgid "Property name"
msgstr "Property name"

#: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:104
msgid "The name of the property"
msgstr "The name of the property"

#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:529
msgid "Whether the switch is on or off"
msgstr "Whether the switch is on or off"

#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:542
msgid "The backend state"
msgstr "The backend state"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:453
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Tag Table"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:454
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Text Tag Table"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:469
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Current text of the buffer"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:480
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Has selection"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:481
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:493
msgid "Can Undo"
msgstr "Can Undo"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:494
msgid "If the buffer can have the last action undone"
msgstr "If the buffer can have the last action undone"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:506
msgid "Can Redo"
msgstr "Can Redo"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:507
msgid "If the buffer can have the last undone action reapplied"
msgstr "If the buffer can have the last undone action reapplied"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:533
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Cursor position"

#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:534
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:746
#| msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores self text"
msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores self text"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:753
#| msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this self. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this self. Zero if no maximum"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:761
#| msgid ""
#| "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgid "The character to use when masking self contents (in “password mode”)"
msgstr "The character to use when masking self contents (in “password mode”)"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:775
#| msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgid "Number of pixels of the self scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr "Number of pixels of the self scrolled off the screen to the left"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:825
#| msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused"
msgid "Show text in the self when it’s empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Show text in the self when it’s empty and unfocused"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:893
#| msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the self"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the self"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:905
#| msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry"
msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the self"
msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the self"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:925
#| msgid "Propagate Natural Width"
msgid "Propagate text width"
msgstr "Propagate text width"

#: gtk/gtktext.c:926
#| msgid ""
#| "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgid "Whether the entry should grow and shrink with the content"
msgstr "Whether the entry should grow and shrink with the content"

#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:136
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Mark name"

#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:150
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Left gravity"

#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:151
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Whether the mark has left gravity"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:205
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Tag name"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:206
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:228
msgid "Background RGBA"
msgstr "Background RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:236
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Background full height"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:237
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:257
msgid "Foreground RGBA"
msgstr "Foreground RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:265
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Text direction"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:266
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:315
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:324
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:333
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:344
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:353
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Font size in Pango units"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:363
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:383 gtk/gtktextview.c:878
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Left, right, or center justification"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:402
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:409
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Left margin"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:410 gtk/gtktextview.c:897
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Width of the left margin in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:419
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Right margin"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:420 gtk/gtktextview.c:915
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Width of the right margin in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:430 gtk/gtktextview.c:960
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Indent"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:431 gtk/gtktextview.c:961
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:442
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:451
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Pixels above lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:452 gtk/gtktextview.c:837
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:461
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Pixels below lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:462 gtk/gtktextview.c:845
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:471
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:472 gtk/gtktextview.c:853
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:508
msgid "Underline RGBA"
msgstr "Underline RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:509
msgid "Color of underline for this text"
msgstr "Color of underline for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:516
#| msgid "Underline"
msgid "Overline"
msgstr "Overline"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:517
#| msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgid "Style of overline for this text"
msgstr "Style of overline for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:525
#| msgid "Underline RGBA"
msgid "Overline RGBA"
msgstr "Overline RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:526
#| msgid "Color of underline for this text"
msgid "Color of overline for this text"
msgstr "Color of overline for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:539
msgid "Strikethrough RGBA"
msgstr "Strikethrough RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:540
msgid "Color of strikethrough for this text"
msgstr "Color of strikethrough for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:548 gtk/gtktextview.c:869
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:558 gtk/gtktextview.c:969
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Custom tabs for this text"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:574
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisible"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:575
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Whether this text is hidden."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:587
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Paragraph background color name"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Paragraph background color as a string"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA"
msgstr "Paragraph background RGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
msgid "Whether font fallback is enabled."
msgstr "Whether font fallback is enabled."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Letter Spacing"
msgstr "Letter Spacing"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:630
msgid "Extra spacing between graphemes"
msgstr "Extra spacing between graphemes"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:642
msgid "Font Features"
msgstr "Font Features"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:643
msgid "OpenType Font Features to use"
msgstr "OpenType Font Features to use"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:650
#| msgid "Allow Rules"
msgid "Allow Breaks"
msgstr "Allow Breaks"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:651
#| msgid "Whether font fallback is enabled."
msgid "Whether breaks are allowed."
msgstr "Whether breaks are allowed."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:658
#| msgid "Show Expanders"
msgid "Show spaces"
msgstr "Show spaces"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:659
#| msgid "Invisible character"
msgid "How to render invisible characters."
msgstr "How to render invisible characters."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:667
msgid "Insert hyphens"
msgstr "Insert hyphens"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:668
#| msgid "Whether to center the contents"
msgid "Whether to insert hyphens at breaks."
msgstr "Whether to insert hyphens at breaks."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:684
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Margin Accumulates"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:685
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Whether left and right margins accumulate."

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:698
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Background full height set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:699
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects background height"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:738
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Justification set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:739
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:746
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Left margin set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:747
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the left margin"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:750
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Indent set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:751
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects indentation"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:758
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Pixels above lines set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:759 gtk/gtktexttag.c:763
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:762
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Pixels below lines set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:766
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:767
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:774
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Right margin set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:775
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the right margin"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:787
msgid "Underline RGBA set"
msgstr "Underline RGBA set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:788
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining color"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:791
#| msgid "Underline set"
msgid "Overline set"
msgstr "Overline set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:792
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgid "Whether this tag affects overlining"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects overlining"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:795
#| msgid "Underline RGBA set"
msgid "Overline RGBA set"
msgstr "Overline RGBA set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:796
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color"
msgid "Whether this tag affects overlining color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects overlining color"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:804
msgid "Strikethrough RGBA set"
msgstr "Strikethrough RGBA set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:805
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough color"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:808
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Wrap mode set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:809
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:812
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Tabs set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:813
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects tabs"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:816
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Invisible set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:817
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text visibility"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:820
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Paragraph background set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:821
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:824
msgid "Fallback set"
msgstr "Fallback set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:825
msgid "Whether this tag affects font fallback"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects font fallback"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:828
msgid "Letter spacing set"
msgstr "Letter spacing set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:829
msgid "Whether this tag affects letter spacing"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects letter spacing"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:832
msgid "Font features set"
msgstr "Font features set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:833
msgid "Whether this tag affects font features"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects font features"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:836
#| msgid "Fallback set"
msgid "Allow breaks set"
msgstr "Allow breaks set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:837
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgid "Whether this tag affects line breaks"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects line breaks"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:840
#| msgid "Show Expanders"
msgid "Show spaces set"
msgstr "Show spaces set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:841
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color"
msgid "Whether this tag affects rendering of invisible characters"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects rendering of invisible characters"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:844
msgid "Insert hyphens set"
msgstr "Insert hyphens set"

#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:845
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgid "Whether this tag affects insertion of hyphens"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects insertion of hyphens"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:836
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Pixels Above Lines"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:844
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Pixels Below Lines"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:852
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Pixels Inside Wrap"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:868
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Wrap Mode"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:896
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Left Margin"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:914
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Right Margin"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:933
msgid "Top Margin"
msgstr "Top Margin"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:934
msgid "Height of the top margin in pixels"
msgstr "Height of the top margin in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:952
msgid "Bottom Margin"
msgstr "Bottom Margin"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:953
msgid "Height of the bottom margin in pixels"
msgstr "Height of the bottom margin in pixels"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:976
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor Visible"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:977
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "If the insertion cursor is shown"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:984
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Buffer"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:985
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "The buffer which is displayed"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:993
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1000
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Accepts tab"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1001
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1066
msgid "Monospace"
msgstr "Monospace"

#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1067
msgid "Whether to use a monospace font"
msgstr "Whether to use a monospace font"

#: gtk/gtktextviewchild.c:386
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Window Type"

#: gtk/gtktextviewchild.c:387
#| msgid "Window Type"
msgid "The GtkTextWindowType"
msgstr "The GtkTextWindowType"

#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:267
#| msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgid "The toggle button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "The toggle button whose group this widget belongs to."

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:509
msgid "The child widget with the actual contents"
msgstr "The child widget with the actual contents"

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:521
#| msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgid "The item held by this expander's row"
msgstr "The item held by this expander's row"

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:532
msgid "List row"
msgstr "List row"

#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:533
msgid "The list row to track for expander state"
msgstr "The list row to track for expander state"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:694
#| msgid "Tab expand"
msgid "autoexpand"
msgstr "autoexpand"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:695
#| msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgid "If all rows should be expanded by default"
msgstr "If all rows should be expanded by default"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:707
#| msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgid "The root model displayed"
msgstr "The root model displayed"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:720
#| msgid "Pass Through"
msgid "passthrough"
msgstr "passthrough"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:721
msgid "If child model values are passed through"
msgstr "If child model values are passed through"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1054
#| msgid "Child"
msgid "Children"
msgstr "Children"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1055
msgid "Model holding the row’s children"
msgstr "Model holding the row’s children"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1066
msgid "Depth"
msgstr "Depth"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1067
#| msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgid "Depth in the tree"
msgstr "Depth in the tree"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1078
#| msgid "Expanded"
msgid "Expandable"
msgstr "Expandable"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1079
#| msgid "Whether this row can be selected"
msgid "If this row can ever be expanded"
msgstr "If this row can ever be expanded"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1091
#| msgid "The cell which is currently being edited"
msgid "If this row is currently expanded"
msgstr "If this row is currently expanded"

#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1103
#| msgid "The title of the window"
msgid "The item held in this row"
msgstr "The item held in this row"

#: gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.c:548
#| msgid "Use underline"
msgid "The underlying sorter"
msgstr "The underlying sorter"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:532
msgid "The child model"
msgstr "The child model"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:533
msgid "The model for the filtermodel to filter"
msgstr "The model for the filtermodel to filter"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:540
msgid "The virtual root"
msgstr "The virtual root"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:541
msgid "The virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel"
msgstr "The virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:484
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "TreeModelSort Model"

#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:485
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"

#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:205
#| msgid "mode"
msgid "model"
msgstr "model"

#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:206
#| msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgid "The model for the popover"
msgstr "The model for the popover"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:995
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "TreeView Model"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:996
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "The model for the tree view"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1002
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Headers Visible"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1003
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Show the column header buttons"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1009
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Headers Clickable"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1010
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "Column headers respond to click events"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1016
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Expander Column"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1017
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Set the column for the expander column"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1030
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Enable Search"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1031
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr "View allows user to search through columns interactively"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1037
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Search Column"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "Model column to search through during interactive search"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1054
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Fixed Height Mode"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1055
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1072
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Hover Selection"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1073
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1089
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Hover Expand"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1090
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1101
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Show Expanders"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1102
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "View has expanders"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1113
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Level Indentation"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1114
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Extra indentation for each level"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1121
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Rubber Banding"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1122
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1128
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Enable Grid Lines"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1129
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1136
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Enable Tree Lines"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1137
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"

#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1144
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Whether to display the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:286
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "Column is user-resizable"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:292
msgid "X position"
msgstr "X position"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:293
msgid "Current X position of the column"
msgstr "Current X position of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:301
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Current width of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:316
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Sizing"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:317
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Resize mode of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Fixed Width"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:325
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Current fixed width of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:333
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Minimum allowed width of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:340
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Maximum Width"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Maximum allowed width of the column"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:349
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Title to appear in column header"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:356
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:362
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Clickable"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:363
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Whether the header can be clicked"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:370
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:377
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:384
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:390
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Sort indicator"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:391
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Whether to show a sort indicator"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:398
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:411
msgid "Sort column ID"
msgstr "Sort column ID"

#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:412
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:306
msgid "Autoplay"
msgstr "Autoplay"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:307
msgid "If playback should begin automatically"
msgstr "If playback should begin automatically"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:319
msgid "The video file played back"
msgstr "The video file played back"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:331
msgid "If new media streams should be set to loop"
msgstr "If new media streams should be set to loop"

#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:343
msgid "The media stream played"
msgstr "The media stream played"

#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:372
#| msgid "Scroll offset"
msgid "Scroll to focus"
msgstr "Scroll to focus"

#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:373
#| msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgid "Whether to scroll when the focus changes"
msgstr "Whether to scroll when the focus changes"

#: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:174
msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Use symbolic icons"

#: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:175
msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Whether to use symbolic icons"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1207
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Widget name"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1208
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "The name of the widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1214
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Parent widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1215
#| msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgid "The parent widget of this widget."
msgstr "The parent widget of this widget."

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1227
#| msgid "Icon widget"
msgid "Root widget"
msgstr "Root widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1228
#| msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgid "The root widget in the widget tree."
msgstr "The root widget in the widget tree."

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1234
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Width request"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1235
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1242
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Height request"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1243
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1251
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Whether the widget is visible"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1258
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Whether the widget responds to input"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1273
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Can focus"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1274 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1286
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1285
#| msgid "Focus Visible"
msgid "Focusable"
msgstr "Focusable"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1292
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Has focus"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1293
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Whether the widget has the input focus"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1299
#| msgid "Copy target list"
msgid "Can target"
msgstr "Can target"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1300
#| msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgid "Whether the widget can receive pointer events"
msgstr "Whether the widget can receive pointer events"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1313
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Focus on click"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1314
msgid "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1320
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "Has default"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1321
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr "Whether the widget is the default widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1327
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "Receives default"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1328
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
msgstr "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1340
msgid "The cursor to show when hovering above widget"
msgstr "The cursor to show when hovering above widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1354
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Has tooltip"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1355
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Whether this widget has a tooltip"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1376
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Tooltip Text"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1377 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1399
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1398
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Tooltip markup"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1411
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
msgstr "How to position in extra horizontal space"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1424
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
msgstr "How to position in extra vertical space"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1441
msgid "Margin on Start"
msgstr "Margin on Start"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1442
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the start"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the start"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1459
msgid "Margin on End"
msgstr "Margin on End"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1460
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the end"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the end"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1476
msgid "Margin on Top"
msgstr "Margin on Top"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1477
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the top side"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1493
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
msgstr "Margin on Bottom"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1494
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1506
msgid "Horizontal Expand"
msgstr "Horizontal Expand"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1507
msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
msgstr "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1518
msgid "Horizontal Expand Set"
msgstr "Horizontal Expand Set"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1519
msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property"
msgstr "Whether to use the hexpand property"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1530
msgid "Vertical Expand"
msgstr "Vertical Expand"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1531
msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
msgstr "Whether widget wants more vertical space"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1542
msgid "Vertical Expand Set"
msgstr "Vertical Expand Set"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1543
msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property"
msgstr "Whether to use the vexpand property"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1555
msgid "Opacity for Widget"
msgstr "Opacity for Widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1556
msgid "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1571
msgid "Overflow"
msgstr "Overflow"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1572
msgid "How content outside the widget’s content area is treated"
msgstr "How content outside the widget’s content area is treated"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1586
msgid "The scaling factor of the window"
msgstr "The scaling factor of the window"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1601
#| msgid "Name"
msgid "CSS Name"
msgstr "CSS Name"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1602
#| msgid "The name of the widget"
msgid "The name of this widget in the CSS tree"
msgstr "The name of this widget in the CSS tree"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1613
#| msgid "Style Classes"
msgid "CSS Style Classes"
msgstr "CSS Style Classes"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1614
#| msgid "List of classes"
msgid "List of CSS classes"
msgstr "List of CSS classes"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1629
#| msgid "Recent Manager"
msgid "Layout Manager"
msgstr "Layout Manager"

#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1630
#| msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgid "The layout manager used to layout children of the widget"
msgstr "The layout manager used to layout children of the widget"

#: gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.c:251
#| msgid "Inspected widget"
msgid "Observed widget"
msgstr "Observed widget"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:708
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Window Title"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:709
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "The title of the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:722
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "Startup ID"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:723
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:730
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "If TRUE, users can resize the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:737
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:743
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "Default Width"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:744
#| msgid "The title of the window"
msgid "The default width of the window"
msgstr "The default width of the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:751
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "Default Height"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:752
#| msgid "The title of the window"
msgid "The default height of the window"
msgstr "The default height of the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:759
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destroy with Parent"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:760
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:766
msgid "Hide on close"
msgstr "Hide on close"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:767
#| msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgid "If this window should be hidden when the user clicks the close button"
msgstr "If this window should be hidden when the user clicks the close button"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:780
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
msgstr "Mnemonics Visible"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:781
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:795
msgid "Focus Visible"
msgstr "Focus Visible"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:796
msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"
msgstr "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:809
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Name of the themed icon for this window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:816
msgid "The display that will display this window"
msgstr "The display that will display this window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:822
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Is Active"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:823
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:834
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorated"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:835
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:846
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Deletable"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:847
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Whether the window frame should have a close button"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:876
#| msgid "Is maximized"
msgid "Is Maximized"
msgstr "Is Maximized"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:877
msgid "Whether the window is maximized"
msgstr "Whether the window is maximized"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:893
msgid "Is fullscreen"
msgstr "Is fullscreen"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:894
#| msgid "Whether the window is maximized"
msgid "Whether the window is fullscreen"
msgstr "Whether the window is fullscreen"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:913
msgid "GtkApplication"
msgstr "GtkApplication"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:914
msgid "The GtkApplication for the window"
msgstr "The GtkApplication for the window"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:927
#| msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgid "Focus widget"
msgstr "Focus widget"

#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:928
#| msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgid "The focus widget"
msgstr "The focus widget"

#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:517
msgid "Side"
msgstr "Side"

#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:518
#| msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"
msgid "Whether the widget shows start or end portion of the decoration layout"
msgstr "Whether the widget shows start or end portion of the decoration layout"

#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:546
msgid "Empty"
msgstr "Empty"

#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:547
#| msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgid "Whether the widget has any window buttons"
msgstr "Whether the widget has any window buttons"

#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:514
#| msgid "Editable"
msgid "paintable"
msgstr "paintable"

#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:515
msgid "Paintable providing the picture"
msgstr "Paintable providing the picture"

#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:526
#| msgid "Context"
msgid "gl-context"
msgstr "gl-context"

#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:527
#| msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgid "GL context to use for rendering"
msgstr "GL context to use for rendering"

#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:137
msgid "Cloud Print account"
msgstr "Cloud Print account"

#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:138
msgid "GtkCloudprintAccount instance"
msgstr "GtkCloudprintAccount instance"

#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:147
msgid "Printer ID"
msgstr "Printer ID"

#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:148
msgid "Cloud Print printer ID"
msgstr "Cloud Print printer ID"

#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercups.c:93
msgid "Color Profile Title"
msgstr "Color Profile Title"

#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercups.c:94
msgid "The title of the color profile to use"
msgstr "The title of the color profile to use"

#~ msgid "Cursor type"
#~ msgstr "Cursor type"

#~ msgid "Standard cursor type"
#~ msgstr "Standard cursor type"

#~ msgid "Device manager"
#~ msgstr "Device manager"

#~ msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
#~ msgstr "Device manager which the device belongs to"

#~ msgid "Device type"
#~ msgstr "Device type"

#~ msgid "Device role in the device manager"
#~ msgstr "Device role in the device manager"

#~ msgid "Associated device"
#~ msgstr "Associated device"

#~ msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
#~ msgstr "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"

#~ msgid "Input mode for the device"
#~ msgstr "Input mode for the device"

#~ msgid "Axes"
#~ msgstr "Axes"

#~ msgid "Display for the device manager"
#~ msgstr "Display for the device manager"

#~ msgid "Window"
#~ msgstr "Window"

#~ msgid "Font options"
#~ msgstr "Font options"

#~ msgid "The default font options for the screen"
#~ msgstr "The default font options for the screen"

#~ msgid "Font resolution"
#~ msgstr "Font resolution"

#~ msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
#~ msgstr "The resolution for fonts on the screen"

#~ msgid "Cell renderer"
#~ msgstr "Cell renderer"

#~ msgid "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"
#~ msgstr "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"

#~ msgid "A unique name for the action."
#~ msgstr "A unique name for the action."

#~ msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."

#~ msgid "Short label"
#~ msgstr "Short label"

#~ msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
#~ msgstr "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."

#~ msgid "Tooltip"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip"

#~ msgid "A tooltip for this action."
#~ msgstr "A tooltip for this action."

#~ msgid "Stock Icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock Icon"

#~ msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
#~ msgstr "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."

#~ msgid "GIcon"
#~ msgstr "GIcon"

#~ msgid "Visible when horizontal"
#~ msgstr "Visible when horizontal"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
#~ "orientation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
#~ "orientation."

#~ msgid "Visible when overflown"
#~ msgstr "Visible when overflown"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the "
#~ "toolbar overflow menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the "
#~ "toolbar overflow menu."

#~ msgid "Visible when vertical"
#~ msgstr "Visible when vertical"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
#~ "orientation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
#~ "orientation."

#~ msgid "Is important"
#~ msgstr "Is important"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies "
#~ "for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies "
#~ "for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."

#~ msgid "Hide if empty"
#~ msgstr "Hide if empty"

#~ msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
#~ msgstr "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."

#~ msgid "Action Group"
#~ msgstr "Action Group"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for "
#~ "internal use)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for "
#~ "internal use)."

#~ msgid "Always show image"
#~ msgstr "Always show image"

#~ msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
#~ msgstr "Whether the image will always be shown"

#~ msgid "A name for the action group."
#~ msgstr "A name for the action group."

#~ msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
#~ msgstr "Whether the action group is enabled."

#~ msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
#~ msgstr "Whether the action group is visible."

#~ msgid "Accelerator Group"
#~ msgstr "Accelerator Group"

#~ msgid "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use."
#~ msgstr "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use."

#~ msgid "Related Action"
#~ msgstr "Related Action"

#~ msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
#~ msgstr "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"

#~ msgid "Use Action Appearance"
#~ msgstr "Use Action Appearance"

#~ msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
#~ msgstr "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"

#~ msgid "Horizontal alignment"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal alignment"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 "
#~ "is right aligned"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 "
#~ "is right aligned"

#~ msgid "Vertical alignment"
#~ msgstr "Vertical alignment"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
#~ "bottom aligned"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
#~ "bottom aligned"

#~ msgid "Horizontal scale"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal scale"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how "
#~ "much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how "
#~ "much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"

#~ msgid "Vertical scale"
#~ msgstr "Vertical scale"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
#~ "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
#~ "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"

#~ msgid "Top Padding"
#~ msgstr "Top Padding"

#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."

#~ msgid "Bottom Padding"
#~ msgstr "Bottom Padding"

#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."

#~ msgid "Left Padding"
#~ msgstr "Left Padding"

#~ msgid "Right Padding"
#~ msgstr "Right Padding"

#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."

#~ msgid "Arrow direction"
#~ msgstr "Arrow direction"

#~ msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
#~ msgstr "The direction the arrow should point"

#~ msgid "Arrow shadow"
#~ msgstr "Arrow shadow"

#~ msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"

#~ msgid "Arrow Scaling"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Scaling"

#~ msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
#~ msgstr "Amount of space used up by arrow"

#~ msgid "Has Opacity Control"
#~ msgstr "Has Opacity Control"

#~ msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
#~ msgstr "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"

#~ msgid "Has palette"
#~ msgstr "Has palette"

#~ msgid "The current color"
#~ msgstr "The current color"

#~ msgid "Current Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Current Alpha"

#~ msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
#~ msgstr "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"

#~ msgid "Current RGBA"
#~ msgstr "Current RGBA"

#~ msgid "The current RGBA color"
#~ msgstr "The current RGBA color"

#~ msgid "Color Selection"
#~ msgstr "Color Selection"

#~ msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The color selection embedded in the dialog."

#~ msgid "OK Button"
#~ msgstr "OK Button"

#~ msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The OK button of the dialog."

#~ msgid "Cancel Button"
#~ msgstr "Cancel Button"

#~ msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The cancel button of the dialog."

#~ msgid "Help Button"
#~ msgstr "Help Button"

#~ msgid "The help button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The help button of the dialog."

#~ msgid "Font name"
#~ msgstr "Font name"

#~ msgid "The string that represents this font"
#~ msgstr "The string that represents this font"

#~ msgid "Shadow type"
#~ msgstr "Shadow type"

#~ msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"

#~ msgid "Handle position"
#~ msgstr "Handle position"

#~ msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
#~ msgstr "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"

#~ msgid "Snap edge"
#~ msgstr "Snap edge"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
#~ "handlebox"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
#~ "handlebox"

#~ msgid "Snap edge set"
#~ msgstr "Snap edge set"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived "
#~ "from handle_position"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived "
#~ "from handle_position"

#~ msgid "Child Detached"
#~ msgstr "Child Detached"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
#~ "detached."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
#~ "detached."

#~ msgid "Image widget"
#~ msgstr "Image widget"

#~ msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
#~ msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"

#~ msgid "Use stock"
#~ msgstr "Use stock"

#~ msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"

#~ msgid "Accel Group"
#~ msgstr "Accel Group"

#~ msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
#~ msgstr "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"

#~ msgid "X pad"
#~ msgstr "X pad"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"

#~ msgid "Y pad"
#~ msgstr "Y pad"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"

#~ msgid "Icon's count"
#~ msgstr "Icon's count"

#~ msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed"
#~ msgstr "The count of the emblem currently displayed"

#~ msgid "Icon's label"
#~ msgstr "Icon's label"

#~ msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon"
#~ msgstr "The label to be displayed over the icon"

#~ msgid "Icon's style context"
#~ msgstr "Icon's style context"

#~ msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance"
#~ msgstr "The style context to theme the icon appearance"

#~ msgid "Background icon"
#~ msgstr "Background icon"

#~ msgid "The icon for the number emblem background"
#~ msgstr "The icon for the number emblem background"

#~ msgid "Background icon name"
#~ msgstr "Background icon name"

#~ msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background"
#~ msgstr "The icon name for the number emblem background"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this "
#~ "action is the current action of its group."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this "
#~ "action is the current action of its group."

#~ msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."

#~ msgid "The current value"
#~ msgstr "The current value"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The value property of the currently active member of the group to which "
#~ "this action belongs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The value property of the currently active member of the group to which "
#~ "this action belongs."

#~ msgid "Show Numbers"
#~ msgstr "Show Numbers"

#~ msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
#~ msgstr "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"

#~ msgid "Pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID"

#~ msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for a stock image to display"

#~ msgid "Screen"
#~ msgstr "Screen"

#~ msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"

#~ msgid "Embedded"
#~ msgstr "Embedded"

#~ msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
#~ msgstr "Whether the status icon is embedded"

#~ msgid "The orientation of the tray"
#~ msgstr "The orientation of the tray"

#~ msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"

#~ msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
#~ msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"

#~ msgid "Style context"
#~ msgstr "Style context"

#~ msgid "GtkStyleContext to get style from"
#~ msgstr "GtkStyleContext to get style from"

#~ msgid "The number of rows in the table"
#~ msgstr "The number of rows in the table"

#~ msgid "The number of columns in the table"
#~ msgstr "The number of columns in the table"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"

#~ msgid "Left attachment"
#~ msgstr "Left attachment"

#~ msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"

#~ msgid "Right attachment"
#~ msgstr "Right attachment"

#~ msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"

#~ msgid "Top attachment"
#~ msgstr "Top attachment"

#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"

#~ msgid "Bottom attachment"
#~ msgstr "Bottom attachment"

#~ msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"

#~ msgid "Horizontal options"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal options"

#~ msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
#~ msgstr "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"

#~ msgid "Vertical options"
#~ msgstr "Vertical options"

#~ msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
#~ msgstr "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"

#~ msgid "Horizontal padding"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal padding"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
#~ "pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
#~ "pixels"

#~ msgid "Vertical padding"
#~ msgstr "Vertical padding"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, "
#~ "in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, "
#~ "in pixels"

#~ msgid "Theming engine name"
#~ msgstr "Theming engine name"

#~ msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
#~ msgstr "Create the same proxies as a radio action"

#~ msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
#~ msgstr "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"

#~ msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
#~ msgstr "Whether the toggle action should be active"

#~ msgid "Foreground color"
#~ msgstr "Foreground color"

#~ msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Foreground color for symbolic icons"

#~ msgid "Error color"
#~ msgstr "Error color"

#~ msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Error color for symbolic icons"

#~ msgid "Warning color"
#~ msgstr "Warning color"

#~ msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Warning color for symbolic icons"

#~ msgid "Success color"
#~ msgstr "Success color"

#~ msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Success color for symbolic icons"

#~ msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
#~ msgstr "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"

#~ msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"
#~ msgstr "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"

#~ msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
#~ msgstr "Add tearoffs to menus"

#~ msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"

#~ msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
#~ msgstr "An XML string describing the merged UI"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
#~ "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
#~ "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"

#~ msgid "Accelerator Closure"
#~ msgstr "Accelerator Closure"

#~ msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
#~ msgstr "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"

#~ msgid "The widget referenced by this accessible."
#~ msgstr "The widget referenced by this accessible."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to "
#~ "the start or end of the parent"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to "
#~ "the start or end of the parent"

#~ msgid "Application menu"
#~ msgstr "Application menu"

#~ msgid "The GMenuModel for the application menu"
#~ msgstr "The GMenuModel for the application menu"

#~ msgid "Header Padding"
#~ msgstr "Header Padding"

#~ msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels around the header."

#~ msgid "Content Padding"
#~ msgstr "Content Padding"

#~ msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels around the content pages."

#~ msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
#~ msgstr "Header image for the assistant page"

#~ msgid "Sidebar image"
#~ msgstr "Sidebar image"

#~ msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
#~ msgstr "Sidebar image for the assistant page"

#~ msgid "Whether the assistant adds padding around the page"
#~ msgstr "Whether the assistant adds padding around the page"

#~ msgid "Minimum child width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum child width"

#~ msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"

#~ msgid "Minimum child height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum child height"

#~ msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"

#~ msgid "Child internal width padding"
#~ msgstr "Child internal width padding"

#~ msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
#~ msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on either side"

#~ msgid "Child internal height padding"
#~ msgstr "Child internal height padding"

#~ msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
#~ msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"

#~ msgid "Layout style"
#~ msgstr "Layout style"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
#~ "start and end"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
#~ "start and end"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable "
#~ "for, e.g., help buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable "
#~ "for, e.g., help buttons"

#~ msgid "Non-Homogeneous"
#~ msgstr "Non-Homogeneous"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"

#~ msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"

#~ msgid "Fill"
#~ msgstr "Fill"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child "
#~ "or used as padding"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child "
#~ "or used as padding"

#~ msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
#~ msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"

#~ msgid "Border relief"
#~ msgstr "Border relief"

#~ msgid "The border relief style"
#~ msgstr "The border relief style"

#~ msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal alignment for child"

#~ msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
#~ msgstr "Vertical alignment for child"

#~ msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
#~ msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the button text"

#~ msgid "Image position"
#~ msgstr "Image position"

#~ msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
#~ msgstr "The position of the image relative to the text"

#~ msgid "Default Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Default Spacing"

#~ msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
#~ msgstr "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"

#~ msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Default Outside Spacing"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn "
#~ "outside the border"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn "
#~ "outside the border"

#~ msgid "Child X Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Child X Displacement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"

#~ msgid "Child Y Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Child Y Displacement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"

#~ msgid "Displace focus"
#~ msgstr "Displace focus"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the "
#~ "focus rectangle"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the "
#~ "focus rectangle"

#~ msgid "Inner Border"
#~ msgstr "Inner Border"

#~ msgid "Border between button edges and child."
#~ msgstr "Border between button edges and child."

#~ msgid "Image spacing"
#~ msgstr "Image spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
#~ msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"

#~ msgid "No Month Change"
#~ msgstr "No Month Change"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"

#~ msgid "Details Width"
#~ msgstr "Details Width"

#~ msgid "Details width in characters"
#~ msgstr "Details width in characters"

#~ msgid "Details Height"
#~ msgstr "Details Height"

#~ msgid "Details height in rows"
#~ msgstr "Details height in rows"

#~ msgid "Show Details"
#~ msgstr "Show Details"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, details are shown"

#~ msgid "Inner border"
#~ msgstr "Inner border"

#~ msgid "Inner border space"
#~ msgstr "Inner border space"

#~ msgid "Vertical separation"
#~ msgstr "Vertical separation"

#~ msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
#~ msgstr "Space between day headers and main area"

#~ msgid "Horizontal separation"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal separation"

#~ msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
#~ msgstr "Space between week headers and main area"

#~ msgid "Cell background color"
#~ msgstr "Cell background color"

#~ msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Cell background color as a GdkColor"

#~ msgid "surface"
#~ msgstr "surface"

#~ msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
#~ msgstr "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"

#~ msgid "Detail"
#~ msgstr "Detail"

#~ msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
#~ msgstr "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"

#~ msgid "Follow State"
#~ msgstr "Follow State"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"

#~ msgid "Background color"
#~ msgstr "Background color"

#~ msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Background color as a GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Foreground color as a GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Indicator size"
#~ msgstr "Indicator size"

#~ msgid "Background RGBA color"
#~ msgstr "Background RGBA color"

#~ msgid "Indicator Size"
#~ msgstr "Indicator Size"

#~ msgid "Indicator Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Indicator Spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around check or radio indicator"

#~ msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu item is checked"

#~ msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
#~ msgstr "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"

#~ msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
#~ msgstr "Draw as radio menu item"

#~ msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"

#~ msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
#~ msgstr "Whether to give the color an alpha value"

#~ msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"

#~ msgid "Current RGBA Color"
#~ msgstr "Current RGBA Color"

#~ msgid "The selected RGBA color"
#~ msgstr "The selected RGBA color"

#~ msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
#~ msgstr "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"

#~ msgid "Row span column"
#~ msgstr "Row span column"

#~ msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
#~ msgstr "TreeModel column containing the row span values"

#~ msgid "Column span column"
#~ msgstr "Column span column"

#~ msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
#~ msgstr "TreeModel column containing the column span values"

#~ msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"

#~ msgid "Tearoff Title"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff Title"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is "
#~ "torn-off"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is "
#~ "torn-off"

#~ msgid "Appears as list"
#~ msgstr "Appears as list"

#~ msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"

#~ msgid "Arrow Size"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Size"

#~ msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
#~ msgstr "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"

#~ msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow"
#~ msgstr "The amount of space used by the arrow"

#~ msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
#~ msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"

#~ msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
#~ msgstr "Specify how resize events are handled"

#~ msgid "Border width"
#~ msgstr "Border width"

#~ msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
#~ msgstr "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"

#~ msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
#~ msgstr "Can be used to add a new child to the container"

#~ msgid "Widget type"
#~ msgstr "Widget type"

#~ msgid "GType of the widget"
#~ msgstr "GType of the widget"

#~ msgid "Content area border"
#~ msgstr "Content area border"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the main dialog area"

#~ msgid "Content area spacing"
#~ msgstr "Content area spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"

#~ msgid "Button spacing"
#~ msgstr "Button spacing"

#~ msgid "Action area border"
#~ msgstr "Action area border"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"

#~ msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
#~ msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"

#~ msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
#~ msgstr "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"

#~ msgid "Primary pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Primary pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Secondary pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Primary stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Primary stock ID"

#~ msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for primary icon"

#~ msgid "Secondary stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Secondary stock ID"

#~ msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for secondary icon"

#~ msgid "Populate all"
#~ msgstr "Populate all"

#~ msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups"
#~ msgstr "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups"

#~ msgid "Icon Prelight"
#~ msgstr "Icon Prelight"

#~ msgid "Progress Border"
#~ msgstr "Progress Border"

#~ msgid "Border around the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "Border around the progress bar"

#~ msgid "Border between text and frame."
#~ msgstr "Border between text and frame."

#~ msgid "Visible Window"
#~ msgstr "Visible Window"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used "
#~ "to trap events."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used "
#~ "to trap events."

#~ msgid "Above child"
#~ msgstr "Above child"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of "
#~ "the child widget as opposed to below it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of "
#~ "the child widget as opposed to below it."

#~ msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
#~ msgstr "Space to put between the label and the child"

#~ msgid "Label fill"
#~ msgstr "Label fill"

#~ msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
#~ msgstr "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"

#~ msgid "Expander Size"
#~ msgstr "Expander Size"

#~ msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around expander arrow"

#~ msgid "Dialog"
#~ msgstr "Dialog"

#~ msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
#~ msgstr "The file chooser dialog to use."

#~ msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
#~ msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialog."

#~ msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
#~ msgstr "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."

#~ msgid "Local Only"
#~ msgstr "Local Only"

#~ msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
#~ msgstr "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"

#~ msgid "Preview widget"
#~ msgstr "Preview widget"

#~ msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
#~ msgstr "Application supplied widget for custom previews."

#~ msgid "Preview Widget Active"
#~ msgstr "Preview Widget Active"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be "
#~ "shown."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be "
#~ "shown."

#~ msgid "Use Preview Label"
#~ msgstr "Use Preview Label"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."

#~ msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
#~ msgstr "Application supplied widget for extra options."

#~ msgid "Show Hidden"
#~ msgstr "Show Hidden"

#~ msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"

#~ msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
#~ msgstr "Do overwrite confirmation"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite "
#~ "confirmation dialog if necessary."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite "
#~ "confirmation dialog if necessary."

#~ msgid "X position of child widget"
#~ msgstr "X position of child widget"

#~ msgid "Y position"
#~ msgstr "Y position"

#~ msgid "Y position of child widget"
#~ msgstr "Y position of child widget"

#~ msgid "Show style"
#~ msgstr "Show style"

#~ msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
#~ msgstr "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"

#~ msgid "Show size"
#~ msgstr "Show size"

#~ msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
#~ msgstr "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"

#~ msgid "Label yalign"
#~ msgstr "Label yalign"

#~ msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
#~ msgstr "The vertical alignment of the label"

#~ msgid "Frame shadow"
#~ msgstr "Frame shadow"

#~ msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the frame border"

#~ msgid "GdkWindow to receive events about"
#~ msgstr "GdkWindow to receive events about"

#~ msgid "Has alpha"
#~ msgstr "Has alpha"

#~ msgid "Whether the color buffer has an alpha component"
#~ msgstr "Whether the color buffer has an alpha component"

#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"

#~ msgid "The subtitle to display"
#~ msgstr "The subtitle to display"

#~ msgid "Custom Title"
#~ msgstr "Custom Title"

#~ msgid "Decoration Layout Set"
#~ msgstr "Decoration Layout Set"

#~ msgid "Whether the decoration-layout property has been set"
#~ msgstr "Whether the decoration-layout property has been set"

#~ msgid "Has Subtitle"
#~ msgstr "Has Subtitle"

#~ msgid "Selection Box Color"
#~ msgstr "Selection Box Color"

#~ msgid "Color of the selection box"
#~ msgstr "Color of the selection box"

#~ msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Selection Box Alpha"

#~ msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
#~ msgstr "Opacity of the selection box"

#~ msgid "A cairo_surface_t to display"
#~ msgstr "A cairo_surface_t to display"

#~ msgid "Icon set"
#~ msgstr "Icon set"

#~ msgid "Icon set to display"
#~ msgstr "Icon set to display"

#~ msgid "Animation"
#~ msgstr "Animation"

#~ msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
#~ msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the content area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the content area"

#~ msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between elements of the area"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the action area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the action area"

#~ msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The screen where this window will be displayed"

#~ msgid "Pattern"
#~ msgstr "Pattern"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the "
#~ "text to underline"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the "
#~ "text to underline"

#~ msgid "Angle"
#~ msgstr "Angle"

#~ msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
#~ msgstr "Angle at which the label is rotated"

#~ msgid "Track visited links"
#~ msgstr "Track visited links"

#~ msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
#~ msgstr "Whether visited links should be tracked"

#~ msgid "The width of the layout"
#~ msgstr "The width of the layout"

#~ msgid "The height of the layout"
#~ msgstr "The height of the layout"

#~ msgid "Minimum height for filling blocks"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height for filling blocks"

#~ msgid "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar"

#~ msgid "Minimum width for filling blocks"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width for filling blocks"

#~ msgid "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar"

#~ msgid "Pack direction"
#~ msgstr "Pack direction"

#~ msgid "Child Pack direction"
#~ msgstr "Child Pack direction"

#~ msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
#~ msgstr "The child pack direction of the menubar"

#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the menubar"

#~ msgid "Internal padding"
#~ msgstr "Internal padding"

#~ msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"

#~ msgid "Popup"
#~ msgstr "Popup"

#~ msgid "The dropdown menu."
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu."

#~ msgid "Align with"
#~ msgstr "Align with"

#~ msgid "The parent widget which the menu should align with."
#~ msgstr "The parent widget which the menu should align with."

#~ msgid "Use a popover"
#~ msgstr "Use a popover"

#~ msgid "Use a popover instead of a menu"
#~ msgstr "Use a popover instead of a menu"

#~ msgid "The currently selected menu item"
#~ msgstr "The currently selected menu item"

#~ msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
#~ msgstr "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"

#~ msgid "Attach Widget"
#~ msgstr "Attach Widget"

#~ msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
#~ msgstr "The widget the menu is attached to"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is "
#~ "torn-off"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is "
#~ "torn-off"

#~ msgid "Tearoff State"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff State"

#~ msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
#~ msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"

#~ msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
#~ msgstr "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"

#~ msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
#~ msgstr "Reserve Toggle Size"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
#~ "icons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
#~ "icons"

#~ msgid "Anchor hints"
#~ msgstr "Anchor hints"

#~ msgid "Positioning hints for when the menu might fall off-screen"
#~ msgstr "Positioning hints for when the menu might fall off-screen"

#~ msgid "Rect anchor dx"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor dx"

#~ msgid "Rect anchor horizontal offset"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor horizontal offset"

#~ msgid "Rect anchor dy"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor dy"

#~ msgid "Rect anchor vertical offset"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor vertical offset"

#~ msgid "Menu type hint"
#~ msgstr "Menu type hint"

#~ msgid "Menu window type hint"
#~ msgstr "Menu window type hint"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Padding"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Padding"

#~ msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
#~ msgstr "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"

#~ msgid "Vertical Padding"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Padding"

#~ msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
#~ msgstr "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"

#~ msgid "Vertical Offset"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Offset"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "vertically"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "vertically"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Offset"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Offset"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "horizontally"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "horizontally"

#~ msgid "Double Arrows"
#~ msgstr "Double Arrows"

#~ msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
#~ msgstr "When scrolling, always show both arrows."

#~ msgid "Arrow Placement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Placement"

#~ msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
#~ msgstr "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"

#~ msgid "Left Attach"
#~ msgstr "Left Attach"

#~ msgid "Right Attach"
#~ msgstr "Right Attach"

#~ msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"

#~ msgid "Top Attach"
#~ msgstr "Top Attach"

#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top of the child to"

#~ msgid "Bottom Attach"
#~ msgstr "Bottom Attach"

#~ msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
#~ msgstr "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"

#~ msgid "Right Justified"
#~ msgstr "Right Justified"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu "
#~ "bar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu "
#~ "bar"

#~ msgid "Submenu"
#~ msgstr "Submenu"

#~ msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
#~ msgstr "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"

#~ msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
#~ msgstr "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"

#~ msgid "Width in Characters"
#~ msgstr "Width in Characters"

#~ msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
#~ msgstr "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"

#~ msgid "Take Focus"
#~ msgstr "Take Focus"

#~ msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
#~ msgstr "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"

#~ msgid "The dropdown menu"
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu"

#~ msgid "label border"
#~ msgstr "label border"

#~ msgid "Width of border around the label in the message dialog"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the label in the message dialog"

#~ msgid "Image"
#~ msgstr "Image"

#~ msgid "The image"
#~ msgstr "The image"

#~ msgid "Centered"
#~ msgstr "Centered"

#~ msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
#~ msgstr "The string displayed on the child's tab label"

#~ msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Secondary backward stepper"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"

#~ msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Secondary forward stepper"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"

#~ msgid "Backward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Backward stepper"

#~ msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
#~ msgstr "Display the standard backward arrow button"

#~ msgid "Forward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Forward stepper"

#~ msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
#~ msgstr "Display the standard forward arrow button"

#~ msgid "Tab overlap"
#~ msgstr "Tab overlap"

#~ msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
#~ msgstr "Size of tab overlap area"

#~ msgid "Tab curvature"
#~ msgstr "Tab curvature"

#~ msgid "Size of tab curvature"
#~ msgstr "Size of tab curvature"

#~ msgid "Arrow spacing"
#~ msgstr "Arrow spacing"

#~ msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
#~ msgstr "Scroll arrow spacing"

#~ msgid "Initial gap"
#~ msgstr "Initial gap"

#~ msgid "Initial gap before the first tab"
#~ msgstr "Initial gap before the first tab"

#~ msgid "Tab gap"
#~ msgstr "Tab gap"

#~ msgid "Active tab is drawn with a gap at the bottom"
#~ msgstr "Active tab is drawn with a gap at the bottom"

#~ msgid "Pass through input, does not affect main child"
#~ msgstr "Pass through input, does not affect main child"

#~ msgid "Index"
#~ msgstr "Index"

#~ msgid "The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child"
#~ msgstr "The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child"

#~ msgid "Handle Size"
#~ msgstr "Handle Size"

#~ msgid "Width of handle"
#~ msgstr "Width of handle"

#~ msgid "Resize"
#~ msgstr "Resize"

#~ msgid "Show 'Connect to Server'"
#~ msgstr "Show 'Connect to Server'"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' "
#~ "dialog"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' "
#~ "dialog"

#~ msgid "Show 'Enter Location'"
#~ msgstr "Show 'Enter Location'"

#~ msgid "Whether the sidebar only includes local files"
#~ msgstr "Whether the sidebar only includes local files"

#~ msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for popups that are not menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for popups that are not menus"

#~ msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
#~ msgstr "Whether the plug is embedded"

#~ msgid "Socket Window"
#~ msgstr "Socket Window"

#~ msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
#~ msgstr "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"

#~ msgid "Relative to"
#~ msgstr "Relative to"

#~ msgid "Widget the bubble window points to"
#~ msgstr "Widget the bubble window points to"

#~ msgid "Transitions enabled"
#~ msgstr "Transitions enabled"

#~ msgid "Whether show/hide transitions are enabled or not"
#~ msgstr "Whether show/hide transitions are enabled or not"

#~ msgid "Constraint for the popover position"
#~ msgstr "Constraint for the popover position"

#~ msgid "The name of the submenu"
#~ msgstr "The name of the submenu"

#~ msgid "X spacing"
#~ msgstr "X spacing"

#~ msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
#~ msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."

#~ msgid "Y spacing"
#~ msgstr "Y spacing"

#~ msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
#~ msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."

#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar width"

#~ msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"

#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar height"

#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"

#~ msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum vertical bar width"

#~ msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"

#~ msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum vertical bar height"

#~ msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"

#~ msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."

#~ msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."

#~ msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
#~ msgstr "Lower stepper sensitivity"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "lower side"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "lower side"

#~ msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
#~ msgstr "Upper stepper sensitivity"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "upper side"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "upper side"

#~ msgid "Slider Width"
#~ msgstr "Slider Width"

#~ msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
#~ msgstr "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"

#~ msgid "Trough Border"
#~ msgstr "Trough Border"

#~ msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"

#~ msgid "Stepper Size"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Size"

#~ msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
#~ msgstr "Length of step buttons at ends"

#~ msgid "Stepper Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"

#~ msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow X Displacement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"

#~ msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Y Displacement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"

#~ msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
#~ msgstr "Trough Under Steppers"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers "
#~ "and spacing"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers "
#~ "and spacing"

#~ msgid "Arrow scaling"
#~ msgstr "Arrow scaling"

#~ msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
#~ msgstr "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"

#~ msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
#~ msgstr "The RecentManager object to use"

#~ msgid "Show Private"
#~ msgstr "Show Private"

#~ msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether the private items should be displayed"

#~ msgid "Show Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Show Tooltips"

#~ msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
#~ msgstr "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"

#~ msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
#~ msgstr "Whether there should be an icon near the item"

#~ msgid "Show Not Found"
#~ msgstr "Show Not Found"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"

#~ msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
#~ msgstr "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"

#~ msgid "Local only"
#~ msgstr "Local only"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"

#~ msgid "Limit"
#~ msgstr "Limit"

#~ msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The maximum number of items to be displayed"

#~ msgid "Sort Type"
#~ msgstr "Sort Type"

#~ msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
#~ msgstr "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"

#~ msgid "The icon size"
#~ msgstr "The icon size"

#~ msgid "Length of scale's slider"
#~ msgstr "Length of scale's slider"

#~ msgid "Value spacing"
#~ msgstr "Value spacing"

#~ msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
#~ msgstr "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"

#~ msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
#~ msgstr "Minimum Slider Length"

#~ msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
#~ msgstr "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"

#~ msgid "Fixed slider size"
#~ msgstr "Fixed slider size"

#~ msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
#~ msgstr "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the "
#~ "scrollbar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the "
#~ "scrollbar"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"

#~ msgid "Window Placement Set"
#~ msgstr "Window Placement Set"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of "
#~ "the contents with respect to the scrollbars."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of "
#~ "the contents with respect to the scrollbars."

#~ msgid "Shadow Type"
#~ msgstr "Shadow Type"

#~ msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
#~ msgstr "Scrollbars within bevel"

#~ msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
#~ msgstr "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"

#~ msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
#~ msgstr "Scrollbar spacing"

#~ msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"

#~ msgid "Draw"
#~ msgstr "Draw"

#~ msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
#~ msgstr "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"

#~ msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
#~ msgstr "Fallback Icon Theme Name"

#~ msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
#~ msgstr "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"

#~ msgid "Key Theme Name"
#~ msgstr "Key Theme Name"

#~ msgid "Name of key theme to load"
#~ msgstr "Name of key theme to load"

#~ msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
#~ msgstr "Menu bar accelerator"

#~ msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
#~ msgstr "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"

#~ msgid "Icon Sizes"
#~ msgstr "Icon Sizes"

#~ msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
#~ msgstr "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."

#~ msgid "GTK Modules"
#~ msgstr "GTK Modules"

#~ msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
#~ msgstr "List of currently active GTK modules"

#~ msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
#~ msgstr "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "change the input method"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "change the input method"

#~ msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
#~ msgstr "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "insert control characters"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "insert control characters"

#~ msgid "Start timeout"
#~ msgstr "Start timeout"

#~ msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
#~ msgstr "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"

#~ msgid "Repeat timeout"
#~ msgstr "Repeat timeout"

#~ msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
#~ msgstr "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"

#~ msgid "Expand timeout"
#~ msgstr "Expand timeout"

#~ msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
#~ msgstr "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"

#~ msgid "Color scheme"
#~ msgstr "Color scheme"

#~ msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
#~ msgstr "A palette of named colors for use in themes"

#~ msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
#~ msgstr "Enable Touchscreen Mode"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"

#~ msgid "Tooltip timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip timeout"

#~ msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
#~ msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown"

#~ msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip browse timeout"

#~ msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
#~ msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"

#~ msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip browse mode timeout"

#~ msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
#~ msgstr "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"

#~ msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
#~ msgstr "Keynav Cursor Only"

#~ msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
#~ msgstr "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"

#~ msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
#~ msgstr "Keynav Wrap Around"

#~ msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
#~ msgstr "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"

#~ msgid "Color Hash"
#~ msgstr "Color Hash"

#~ msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
#~ msgstr "A hash table representation of the color scheme."

#~ msgid "Default file chooser backend"
#~ msgstr "Default file chooser backend"

#~ msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
#~ msgstr "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"

#~ msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Enable Mnemonics"

#~ msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Whether labels should have mnemonics"

#~ msgid "Recent Files Limit"
#~ msgstr "Recent Files Limit"

#~ msgid "Enable Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Enable Tooltips"

#~ msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
#~ msgstr "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"

#~ msgid "Toolbar style"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar style"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."

#~ msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar Icon Size"

#~ msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
#~ msgstr "The size of icons in default toolbars."

#~ msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Auto Mnemonics"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
#~ "presses the mnemonic activator."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
#~ "presses the mnemonic activator."

#~ msgid "Visible Focus"
#~ msgstr "Visible Focus"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use "
#~ "the keyboard."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use "
#~ "the keyboard."

#~ msgid "Show button images"
#~ msgstr "Show button images"

#~ msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
#~ msgstr "Whether images should be shown on buttons"

#~ msgid "Show menu images"
#~ msgstr "Show menu images"

#~ msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether images should be shown in menus"

#~ msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before drop down menus appear"

#~ msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"

#~ msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
#~ msgstr "Scrolled Window Placement"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
#~ "scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
#~ "scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."

#~ msgid "Can change accelerators"
#~ msgstr "Can change accelerators"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu "
#~ "item"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu "
#~ "item"

#~ msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before submenus appear"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu "
#~ "appear"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu "
#~ "appear"

#~ msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
#~ msgstr "Delay before hiding a submenu"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
#~ "submenu"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
#~ "submenu"

#~ msgid "Custom palette"
#~ msgstr "Custom palette"

#~ msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
#~ msgstr "Palette to use in the color selector"

#~ msgid "IM Preedit style"
#~ msgstr "IM Preedit style"

#~ msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the input method preedit string"

#~ msgid "IM Status style"
#~ msgstr "IM Status style"

#~ msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the input method statusbar"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the "
#~ "group"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the "
#~ "group"

#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the spin button"

#~ msgid "Homogeneous sizing"
#~ msgstr "Homogeneous sizing"

#~ msgid "Symbolic size to use for named icon"
#~ msgstr "Symbolic size to use for named icon"

#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"

#~ msgid "The associated GdkFrameClock"
#~ msgstr "The associated GdkFrameClock"

#~ msgid "Value type"
#~ msgstr "Value type"

#~ msgid "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"
#~ msgstr "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"

#~ msgid "The minimum width of the handle"
#~ msgstr "The minimum width of the handle"

#~ msgid "Slider Height"
#~ msgstr "Slider Height"

#~ msgid "The minimum height of the handle"
#~ msgstr "The minimum height of the handle"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND "
#~ "source"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND "
#~ "source"

#~ msgid "Paste target list"
#~ msgstr "Paste target list"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
#~ "destination"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
#~ "destination"

#~ msgid "Paragraph background color"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background color"

#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Error underline color"
#~ msgstr "Error underline color"

#~ msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
#~ msgstr "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"

#~ msgid "Draw Indicator"
#~ msgstr "Draw Indicator"

#~ msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
#~ msgstr "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"

#~ msgid "Toolbar Style"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar Style"

#~ msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the toolbar"

#~ msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
#~ msgstr "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"

#~ msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
#~ msgstr "Size of icons in this toolbar"

#~ msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
#~ msgstr "Whether the icon-size property has been set"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"

#~ msgid "Spacer size"
#~ msgstr "Spacer size"

#~ msgid "Size of spacers"
#~ msgstr "Size of spacers"

#~ msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
#~ msgstr "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"

#~ msgid "Maximum child expand"
#~ msgstr "Maximum child expand"

#~ msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
#~ msgstr "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"

#~ msgid "Space style"
#~ msgstr "Space style"

#~ msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
#~ msgstr "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"

#~ msgid "Button relief"
#~ msgstr "Button relief"

#~ msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
#~ msgstr "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"

#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the toolbar"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next "
#~ "character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow "
#~ "menu"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next "
#~ "character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow "
#~ "menu"

#~ msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
#~ msgstr "Widget to use as the item label"

#~ msgid "Stock Id"
#~ msgstr "Stock Id"

#~ msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
#~ msgstr "The stock icon displayed on the item"

#~ msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
#~ msgstr "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"

#~ msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
#~ msgstr "Icon widget to display in the item"

#~ msgid "Icon spacing"
#~ msgstr "Icon spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
#~ msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar "
#~ "buttons show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar "
#~ "buttons show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"

#~ msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
#~ msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual label"

#~ msgid "Collapsed"
#~ msgstr "Collapsed"

#~ msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
#~ msgstr "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"

#~ msgid "ellipsize"
#~ msgstr "ellipsize"

#~ msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
#~ msgstr "Ellipsize for item group headers"

#~ msgid "Header Relief"
#~ msgstr "Header Relief"

#~ msgid "Relief of the group header button"
#~ msgstr "Relief of the group header button"

#~ msgid "Header Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Header Spacing"

#~ msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should fill the available space"

#~ msgid "New Row"
#~ msgstr "New Row"

#~ msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should start a new row"

#~ msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
#~ msgstr "Size of icons in this tool palette"

#~ msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
#~ msgstr "Style of items in the tool palette"

#~ msgid "Exclusive"
#~ msgstr "Exclusive"

#~ msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"

#~ msgid "TreeMenu model"
#~ msgstr "TreeMenu model"

#~ msgid "TreeMenu root row"
#~ msgstr "TreeMenu root row"

#~ msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"
#~ msgstr "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"

#~ msgid "Tearoff"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff"

#~ msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"

#~ msgid "Wrap Width"
#~ msgstr "Wrap Width"

#~ msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"
#~ msgstr "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"

#~ msgid "Rules Hint"
#~ msgstr "Rules Hint"

#~ msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
#~ msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"

#~ msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Separator Width"

#~ msgid "Vertical space between cells.  Must be an even number"
#~ msgstr "Vertical space between cells.  Must be an even number"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Separator Width"

#~ msgid "Horizontal space between cells.  Must be an even number"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal space between cells.  Must be an even number"

#~ msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
#~ msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"

#~ msgid "Indent Expanders"
#~ msgstr "Indent Expanders"

#~ msgid "Make the expanders indented"
#~ msgstr "Make the expanders indented"

#~ msgid "Even Row Color"
#~ msgstr "Even Row Color"

#~ msgid "Color to use for even rows"
#~ msgstr "Color to use for even rows"

#~ msgid "Odd Row Color"
#~ msgstr "Odd Row Color"

#~ msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
#~ msgstr "Color to use for odd rows"

#~ msgid "Grid line width"
#~ msgstr "Grid line width"

#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"

#~ msgid "Tree line width"
#~ msgstr "Tree line width"

#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"

#~ msgid "Grid line pattern"
#~ msgstr "Grid line pattern"

#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"

#~ msgid "Tree line pattern"
#~ msgstr "Tree line pattern"

#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"

#~ msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
#~ msgstr "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"

#~ msgid "Application paintable"
#~ msgstr "Application paintable"

#~ msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"

#~ msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"

#~ msgid "Can default"
#~ msgstr "Can default"

#~ msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget can be the default widget"

#~ msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"

#~ msgid "Style"
#~ msgstr "Style"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will "
#~ "look (colors etc)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will "
#~ "look (colors etc)"

#~ msgid "Events"
#~ msgstr "Events"

#~ msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
#~ msgstr "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"

#~ msgid "No show all"
#~ msgstr "No show all"

#~ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"

#~ msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
#~ msgstr "The widget's window if it is realized"

#~ msgid "Double Buffered"
#~ msgstr "Double Buffered"

#~ msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget is double buffered"

#~ msgid "Margin on Left"
#~ msgstr "Margin on Left"

#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the left side"

#~ msgid "Margin on Right"
#~ msgstr "Margin on Right"

#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the right side"

#~ msgid "All Margins"
#~ msgstr "All Margins"

#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"

#~ msgid "Expand Both"
#~ msgstr "Expand Both"

#~ msgid "Interior Focus"
#~ msgstr "Interior Focus"

#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"

#~ msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
#~ msgstr "Focus line dash pattern"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator. The character values are "
#~ "interpreted as pixel widths of alternating on and off segments of the "
#~ "line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator. The character values are "
#~ "interpreted as pixel widths of alternating on and off segments of the "
#~ "line."

#~ msgid "Focus padding"
#~ msgstr "Focus padding"

#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"

#~ msgid "Cursor color"
#~ msgstr "Cursor color"

#~ msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
#~ msgstr "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"

#~ msgid "Secondary cursor color"
#~ msgstr "Secondary cursor color"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing "
#~ "mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing "
#~ "mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"

#~ msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
#~ msgstr "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"

#~ msgid "Window dragging"
#~ msgstr "Window dragging"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether windows can be dragged and maximized by clicking on empty areas"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether windows can be dragged and maximized by clicking on empty areas"

#~ msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
#~ msgstr "Unvisited Link Color"

#~ msgid "Color of unvisited links"
#~ msgstr "Color of unvisited links"

#~ msgid "Visited Link Color"
#~ msgstr "Visited Link Color"

#~ msgid "Color of visited links"
#~ msgstr "Color of visited links"

#~ msgid "Wide Separators"
#~ msgstr "Wide Separators"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a "
#~ "box instead of a line"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a "
#~ "box instead of a line"

#~ msgid "Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Separator Width"

#~ msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
#~ msgstr "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"

#~ msgid "Separator Height"
#~ msgstr "Separator Height"

#~ msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
#~ msgstr "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"

#~ msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
#~ msgstr "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"

#~ msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"

#~ msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
#~ msgstr "The length of vertical scroll arrows"

#~ msgid "Width of text selection handles"
#~ msgstr "Width of text selection handles"

#~ msgid "Height of text selection handles"
#~ msgstr "Height of text selection handles"

#~ msgid "The type of the window"
#~ msgstr "The type of the window"

#~ msgid "Window Role"
#~ msgstr "Window Role"

#~ msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"

#~ msgid "Window Position"
#~ msgstr "Window Position"

#~ msgid "The initial position of the window"
#~ msgstr "The initial position of the window"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"

#~ msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization"
#~ msgstr "Hide the titlebar during maximization"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized"

#~ msgid "Icon for this window"
#~ msgstr "Icon for this window"

#~ msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Focus in Toplevel"

#~ msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
#~ msgstr "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"

#~ msgid "Type hint"
#~ msgstr "Type hint"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this "
#~ "is and how to treat it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this "
#~ "is and how to treat it."

#~ msgid "Skip taskbar"
#~ msgstr "Skip taskbar"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."

#~ msgid "Skip pager"
#~ msgstr "Skip pager"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."

#~ msgid "Urgent"
#~ msgstr "Urgent"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."

#~ msgid "Accept focus"
#~ msgstr "Accept focus"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."

#~ msgid "Focus on map"
#~ msgstr "Focus on map"

#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."

#~ msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"

#~ msgid "Resize grip is visible"
#~ msgstr "Resize grip is visible"

#~ msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
#~ msgstr "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."

#~ msgid "Gravity"
#~ msgstr "Gravity"

#~ msgid "The window gravity of the window"
#~ msgstr "The window gravity of the window"

#~ msgid "Attached to Widget"
#~ msgstr "Attached to Widget"

#~ msgid "The widget where the window is attached"
#~ msgstr "The widget where the window is attached"

#~ msgid "Decorated button layout"
#~ msgstr "Decorated button layout"

#~ msgid "Decoration resize handle size"
#~ msgstr "Decoration resize handle size"

#~ msgid "The number of decimal places to which the value is rounded"
#~ msgstr "The number of decimal places to which the value is rounded"

#~ msgid "Sans 12"
#~ msgstr "Sans 12"

#~ msgid "Name of default font to use"
#~ msgstr "Name of default font to use"

#~ msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
#~ msgstr "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"

#~ msgid "The GDK display the context is from"
#~ msgstr "The GDK display the context is from"

#~ msgid "The GL profile the context was created for"
#~ msgstr "The GL profile the context was created for"

#~ msgid "Affects font"
#~ msgstr "Affects font"

#~ msgid "Set if the value affects the font"
#~ msgstr "Set if the value affects the font"

#~ msgid "The GL profile to use for the GL context"
#~ msgstr "The GL profile to use for the GL context"

#~ msgid "Width of resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Width of resize grip"

#~ msgid "Height of resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Height of resize grip"

#~ msgid "Hold Time"
#~ msgstr "Hold Time"

#~ msgid "Drag Threshold"
#~ msgstr "Drag Threshold"

#~ msgid "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"
#~ msgstr "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"

#~ msgid "inspected"
#~ msgstr "inspected"

#~ msgid "The dropdown menu's model."
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu's model."

#~ msgid "menu-model"
#~ msgstr "menu-model"

#~ msgid "align-widget"
#~ msgstr "align-widget"

#~ msgid "direction"
#~ msgstr "direction"

#~ msgid "Window the coordinates are based upon"
#~ msgstr "Window the coordinates are based upon"

#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"

#~ msgid "The amount of space to the left and right of children"
#~ msgstr "The amount of space to the left and right of children"

#~ msgid "The amount of space to the above and below children"
#~ msgstr "The amount of space to the above and below children"

#~ msgid "menu"
#~ msgstr "menu"

#~ msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
#~ msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"

#~ msgid "Specified type"
#~ msgstr "Specified type"

#~ msgid "Computed type"
#~ msgstr "Computed type"

#~ msgid "The type of values after style lookup"
#~ msgstr "The type of values after style lookup"

#~ msgid "Event base"
#~ msgstr "Event base"

#~ msgid "Event base for XInput events"
#~ msgstr "Event base for XInput events"

#~ msgid "Background rgba"
#~ msgstr "Background rgba"

#~ msgid "Foreground rgba"
#~ msgstr "Foreground rgba"

#~ msgid "Paragraph background rgba"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background rgba"

#~ msgid "Not Authorized Text"
#~ msgstr "Not Authorized Text"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The text to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"

#~ msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"

#~ msgid "Tab pack type"
#~ msgstr "Tab pack type"

#~ msgid "Update policy"
#~ msgstr "Update policy"

#~ msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
#~ msgstr "How the range should be updated on the screen"

#~ msgid "Number of steps"
#~ msgstr "Number of steps"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"

#~ msgid "Extension events"
#~ msgstr "Extension events"

#~ msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"

#~ msgid "Lower"
#~ msgstr "Lower"

#~ msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Lower limit of ruler"

#~ msgid "Upper"
#~ msgstr "Upper"

#~ msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Upper limit of ruler"

#~ msgid "Max Size"
#~ msgstr "Max Size"

#~ msgid "Metric"
#~ msgstr "Metric"

#~ msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"

#~ msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"

#~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
#~ msgstr "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"

#~ msgid "State Hint"
#~ msgstr "State Hint"

#~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
#~ msgstr "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"

#~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
#~ msgstr "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"

#~ msgid "Pixmap"
#~ msgstr "Pixmap"

#~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
#~ msgstr "A GdkPixmap to display"

#~ msgid "Mask"
#~ msgstr "Mask"

#~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
#~ msgstr "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"

#~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
#~ msgstr "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"

#~ msgid "Trough Side Details"
#~ msgstr "Trough Side Details"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"

#~ msgid "Stepper Position Details"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Position Details"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"

#~ msgid "Blinking"
#~ msgstr "Blinking"

#~ msgid "Row Ending details"
#~ msgstr "Row Ending details"

#~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
#~ msgstr "Enable extended row background theming"

#~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
#~ msgstr "the GdkScreen for the renderer"

#~ msgid "A GdkImage to display"
#~ msgstr "A GdkImage to display"

#~ msgid "Background stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Background stipple mask"

#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
#~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"

#~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Foreground stipple mask"

#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
#~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"

#~ msgid "Background stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Background stipple set"

#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"

#~ msgid "Foreground stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Foreground stipple set"

#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"

#~ msgid "Draw Border"
#~ msgstr "Draw Border"

#~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
#~ msgstr "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"

#~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
#~ msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."

#~ msgid "Invisible char set"
#~ msgstr "Invisible char set"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"

#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgstr "Allow Shrink"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"

#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
#~ msgstr "Allow Grow"

#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"

#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgstr "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"

#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
#~ msgstr "Number of Channels"

#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgstr "The number of samples per pixel"

#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgstr "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"

#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgstr "Bits per Sample"

#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgstr "The number of bits per sample"

#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "The number of columns of the pixbuf"

#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "The number of rows of the pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Rowstride"
#~ msgstr "Rowstride"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"

#~ msgid "Pixels"
#~ msgstr "Pixels"

#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"

#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Activity mode"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."

#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Enable arrow keys"

#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"

#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Always enable arrows"

#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Obsolete property, ignored"

#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Case sensitive"

#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Allow empty"

#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"

#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Value in list"

#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"

#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"

#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "Minimum X"

#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "Maximum X"

#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Maximum possible X value"

#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Minimum Y"

#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Minimum possible value for Y"

#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Maximum Y"

#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "File System Backend"

#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Name of file system backend to use"

#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "The currently selected filename"

#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"

#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Tab Border"

#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the border around the tab labels"

#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Tab Border"

#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"

#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Tab Border"

#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"

#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"

#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"

#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "User Data"

#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Anonymous User Data Pointer"

#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Size of dropdown indicator"

#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around indicator"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"

#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"

#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Bar style"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"

#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Activity Step"

#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"

#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Activity Blocks"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"

#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Discrete Blocks"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"

#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"

#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"

#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Line Wrap"

#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"

#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Word Wrap"

#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"

#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Tooltips"

#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"

#~ msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "The orientation of the toolbar"

#~ msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
#~ msgstr "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"

#~ msgid "The current page in the document."
#~ msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"

#~ msgid "Homogenous"
#~ msgstr "Homogenous"

#~ msgid "Show Preview"
#~ msgstr "Show text"

#~ msgid "Width In Chararacters"
#~ msgstr "Width In Chararacters"

#~ msgid "Folder Mode"
#~ msgstr "Folder Mode"